Dell Command Line Reference Guide for the S4820T System 9.4(0.
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. Copyright © 2014 Dell Inc. All rights reserved. This product is protected by U.S. and international copyright and intellectual property laws.
Contents 1 About this Guide..................................................................................................... 43 Objectives............................................................................................................................................43 Audience..............................................................................................................................................43 Conventions...............................................................
asf-mode............................................................................................................................................. 91 cam-acl............................................................................................................................................... 92 cam-acl-vlan.......................................................................................................................................94 clear line.............................................
show processes ipc flow-control.................................................................................................... 140 show processes memory..................................................................................................................142 show software ifm.............................................................................................................................144 show system................................................................................
dot1x auth-fail-vlan...........................................................................................................................182 dot1x auth-server..............................................................................................................................184 dot1x auth-type mab-only............................................................................................................... 184 dot1x authentication (Configuration)..........................................
ip access-list extended............................................................................................................... 230 permit.......................................................................................................................................... 232 permit tcp.................................................................................................................................... 233 permit udp...................................................................
match route-type........................................................................................................................282 match tag.................................................................................................................................... 283 route-map...................................................................................................................................284 set as-path.......................................................................
seq arp (for Extended MAC ACLs).....................................................................................................331 seq ether-type (for Extended MAC ACLs)........................................................................................ 333 seq (for IP ACLs)................................................................................................................................334 seq (for IPv6 ACLs).............................................................................
Border Gateway Protocol.................................................................................377 BGP IPv4 Commands........................................................................................................................377 address-family............................................................................................................................. 377 aggregate-address...................................................................................................
neighbor add-path...................................................................................................................... 417 neighbor advertisement-interval................................................................................................ 418 neighbor advertisement-start.....................................................................................................419 neighbor allowas-in........................................................................................
show ip bgp neighbors................................................................................................................471 show ip bgp next-hop................................................................................................................ 475 show ip bgp paths.......................................................................................................................476 show ip bgp paths community.......................................................................
show ip protocol-queue-mapping...................................................................................................517 show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping.............................................................................................. 518 show mac protocol-queue-mapping.............................................................................................. 519 13 Data Center Bridging (DCB).............................................................................
DCBX Commands.............................................................................................................................559 advertise dcbx-app-tlv................................................................................................................559 advertise dcbx-appln-tlv............................................................................................................ 560 advertise dcbx-tlv.............................................................................
show hardware layer2................................................................................................................ 604 show hardware layer3................................................................................................................ 605 show hardware stack-unit..........................................................................................................606 show hardware system-flow...............................................................................
ip domain-name......................................................................................................................... 639 ip domain-list..............................................................................................................................640 ip host.......................................................................................................................................... 641 ip name-server................................................................
clear frrp............................................................................................................................................ 677 debug frrp..........................................................................................................................................678 description........................................................................................................................................ 679 disable..............................................
IGMP Commands.............................................................................................................................. 717 clear ip igmp groups.................................................................................................................... 717 debug ip igmp..............................................................................................................................718 ip igmp access-group................................................................
intf-type cr4 autoneg..................................................................................................................763 negotiation auto..........................................................................................................................763 keepalive......................................................................................................................................766 monitor interface...................................................................
Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR)................................................................................................. 822 tdr-cable-test..............................................................................................................................822 show tdr.......................................................................................................................................823 UDP Broadcast...........................................................................
ip helper-address hop-count disable.............................................................................................. 862 ip host................................................................................................................................................863 ip icmp source-interface..................................................................................................................864 ipv6 icmp source-interface.......................................................
cam-acl-egress.................................................................................................................................923 cam-acl............................................................................................................................................. 925 28 IPv6 Basics........................................................................................................... 927 clear ipv6 fib.......................................................................
advertise............................................................................................................................................ 964 area-password.................................................................................................................................. 965 clear config....................................................................................................................................... 966 clear isis................................................
lsp-mtu............................................................................................................................................1003 lsp-refresh-interval.........................................................................................................................1004 max-area-addresses.......................................................................................................................1005 max-lsp-lifetime........................................................
mac learning-limit mac-address-sticky...................................................................................1047 mac learning-limit station-move-violation............................................................................. 1047 mac learning-limit reset........................................................................................................... 1048 show cam mac linecard (count)..............................................................................................
protocol lldp (Configuration)................................................................................................... 1089 protocol lldp (Interface)........................................................................................................... 1090 show lldp neighbors................................................................................................................. 1090 show lldp statistics..................................................................................
debug spanning-tree mstp..............................................................................................................1127 disable..............................................................................................................................................1128 forward-delay.................................................................................................................................. 1129 hello-time............................................................
default-information originate.................................................................................................... 1171 default-metric............................................................................................................................ 1172 description................................................................................................................................. 1173 distance...............................................................................
show ip ospf database opaque-as............................................................................................1219 show ip ospf database opaque-link......................................................................................... 1220 show ip ospf database router....................................................................................................1221 show ip ospf database summary..............................................................................................
40 Policy-based Routing (PBR).......................................................................... 1275 description.......................................................................................................................................1275 ip redirect-group.............................................................................................................................1276 ip redirect-list.........................................................................................
description....................................................................................................................................... 1313 monitor session............................................................................................................................... 1314 show config..................................................................................................................................... 1315 show monitor session..........................................
match ip access-group.............................................................................................................1354 match ip dscp............................................................................................................................ 1355 match ip precedence................................................................................................................ 1356 match mac access-group...........................................................................
distance........................................................................................................................................... 1394 distribute-list in............................................................................................................................... 1395 distribute-list out.............................................................................................................................1396 ip poison-reverse..........................................
forward-delay..................................................................................................................................1437 hello-time....................................................................................................................................... 1438 max-age.......................................................................................................................................... 1439 protocol spanning-tree rstp...................................
radius-server deadtime.............................................................................................................1480 radius-server group...................................................................................................................1481 radius-server host..................................................................................................................... 1482 radius-server key...............................................................................
ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config).............................................................................................1517 ip ssh vrf..................................................................................................................................... 1518 ip ssh source-interface..............................................................................................................1519 ip ssh server................................................................................
show snmp engineID................................................................................................................ 1557 show snmp group..................................................................................................................... 1557 show snmp user........................................................................................................................ 1558 snmp ifmib ifalias long...........................................................................
redundancy disable-auto-reboot.................................................................................................. 1607 redundancy force-failover stack-unit............................................................................................1608 redundancy protocol......................................................................................................................1609 reset stack-unit.......................................................................................
debug ntp........................................................................................................................................ 1652 ntp authenticate..............................................................................................................................1653 ntp broadcast client........................................................................................................................1654 ntp disable..........................................................
dei enable........................................................................................................................................1692 dei honor.........................................................................................................................................1692 dei mark...........................................................................................................................................1693 member....................................................
vlt-peer-mac transmit.................................................................................................................... 1728 show vlt-proxy-gateway.................................................................................................................1729 65 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF)........................................................ 1731 ip vrf.........................................................................................................................
About this Guide 1 This book provides information about the Dell Networking OS command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features found in Dell S4820T platform.
[X] Keywords and parameters within brackets are optional. x|y Keywords and parameters separated by a bar require you to choose one option. x||y Keywords and parameters separated by a double bar allows you to choose any or all of the options. Information Icons This book uses the following information symbols: NOTE: The Note icon signals important operational information. CAUTION: The Caution icon signals information about situations that could result in equipment damage or loss of data.
CLI Basics 2 This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell Networking operating software commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols. Accessing the Command Line When the system boots successfully, you are positioned on the command line in EXEC mode and not prompted to log in. You can access the commands through a serial console port or a Telnet session.
When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, Dell Networking OS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Obtaining Help As soon as you are in a command mode there are several ways to access help. To obtain a list of keywords at any command mode: Type a ? at the prompt or after a keyword. There must always be a space before the ?.
tacacs telnet tftp trace-group trace-list Dell(conf)#ip Interface configuration for TACACS+ Specify telnet options TFTP configuration commands Named trace-list Named trace-list When entering commands, you can take advantage of the following timesaving features: • The commands are not case-sensitive. • You can enter partial (truncated) command keywords. For example, you can enter interface teng 0/0 for the interface tengigabitethernet 0/0 command. • To complete keywords in commands, use the TAB key.
Navigating the CLI Dell Networking OS displays a CLI prompt comprised of the host name and CLI mode. • Host name is the initial part of the prompt and is “Dell” by default. You can change the host name with the hostname command. • CLI mode is the second part of the prompt and reflects the current CLI mode. For a list of the Dell Networking OS command modes, refer to the command mode list in the Accessing the Command Line section.
show run | grep ethernet does not return the previous search result because it only searches for instances containing a noncapitalized “ethernet” show run | grep Ethernet ignore-case returns instances containing both “Ethernet” and “ethernet” no-more does not paginate the display output save copies the output to a file for future use Displaying All Output To display the output all at once (not one screen at a time), use the no-more option after the pipe.
Based on whether VRF feature is identified as supported in the Feature Configuration file, configuration command feature vrf becomes available for usage. This command will be stored in running-configuration and will precede all other VRF-related configurations. NOTE: The MXL and Z9000 platforms currently do not support VRF. These platforms support only the management and default VRFs, which are available by default. As a result, the feature vrf command is not available for these platforms.
Usage Information You can activate VRF application on a device by using the feature vrf command in CONFIGURATION mode. The no feature vrf command is not supported on any of the platforms. Example Dell#show feature Feature State -----------------------------VRF enabled Command Modes To navigate and launch various CLI modes, use specific commands. Navigation to these modes is described in the following sections. BGP ADDRESS-FAMILY Mode To enable or configure IPv4 for BGP, use BGP ADDRESS-FAMILY mode.
2. Enter the configure command. The prompt changes to include (conf). From this mode, you can enter INTERFACE mode by using the interface command. CONTROL-PLANE Mode To manage control-plane traffic, use CONTROL-PLANE mode. For more information, refer to Control Plane Policing (CoPP). To enter CONTROL-PLANE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the control-plane-cpuqos command. The prompt changes to include (conf-controlcpuqos).
ECMP GROUP Mode To enable or configure traffic distribution monitoring on an ECMP link bundle, use ECMP GROUP mode. For more information, refer to ecmp_overview. To enter ECMP GROUP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ecmp-group command then enter the ECMP group ID. The prompt changes to include (conf-ecmp-group-ecmp-group-id). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command.
2. Enter the ip extcommunity-list command then a community list name. The prompt changes to include (conf-ext-community-list). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. FRRP Mode To enable or configure Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP), use FRRP mode. For more information, refer to Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP). To enter FRRP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol frrp command then the ring ID.
Prompt Interface Type Dell(conf-ifma-0/0)# Management Ethernet interface then slot/port information Dell(conf-iftu-0)# Tunnel interface then tunnel ID. Dell(conf-ifrange)# Designated interface range (used for bulk configuration). IP ACCESS LIST Mode To enter IP ACCESS LIST mode and configure either standard or extended access control lists (ACLs), use the ip access-list standard or ip access-list extended command. To enter IP ACCESS LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode.
2. Enter the management-interface command. The prompt changes to include (conf-lldp-mgmtIf). LINE Mode To configure the console or virtual terminal parameters, use LINE mode. To enter LINE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the line command. Include the keywords console or vty and their line number available on the switch. The prompt changes to include (config-line-console) or (config-line-vty). You can exit this mode by using the exit command.
2. Enter the openflow of-instance command then the OpenFlow ID number of the instance you want to create or configure. The prompt changes to include (conf-of-instance of-id). You can return to the CONFIGURATION mode by entering the exit command. Per-VLAN SPANNING TREE (PVST+) Plus Mode To enable and configure the Per-VLAN Spanning Tree (PVST+) protocol, use PVST+ mode. For more information, refer to Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+).
PROTOCOL GVRP Mode To enable and configure GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP), use PROTOCOL GVRP mode. For more information, refer to GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP). To enter PROTOCOL GVRP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol gvrp command. The prompt changes to include (config-gvrp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command.
1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Use the router bgp command then enter the AS number. The prompt changes to include (confrouter_bgp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ROUTER ISIS Mode To enable and configure Intermediate System to Intermediate System (ISIS), use ROUTER ISIS mode. For more information, refer to Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS). To enter ROUTER ISIS mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode.
SPANNING TREE Mode To enable and configure the Spanning Tree protocol, use SPANNING TREE mode. For more information, refer to Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). To enter SPANNING TREE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree stp-id command. The prompt changes to include (conf-stp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. TRACE-LIST Mode To configure a Trace list, use TRACE-LIST mode. To enter TRACE-LIST mode: 1.
UPLINK STATE GROUP Mode To enable and configure an uplink-state group, use UPLINK STATE GROUP mode. For more information, refer to Uplink Failure Detection (UFD). To enter UPLINK STATE GROUP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the uplink-state-group command then the group ID number. The prompt changes to include (conf-uplink-state-group-groupID).
File Management 3 This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. boot system Tell the system where to access the Dell Networking OS image used to boot the system. S4820T Syntax boot system {gateway ip address| stack-unit [{0-11 | 0-7]| all] [default | primary {system {A: | B:} | tftp: | | secondary]} To return to the default boot sequence, use the no boot system command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
E-Series Original command. copy Copy one file to another location. Dell Networking OS supports IPv4 and IPv6 addressing for FTP, TFTP, and SCP (in the hostip field). S4820T Syntax copy compressed-config source-file-url destination-file-url Parameters Enter the following location keywords and information: compressedconfig file-url File Management Enter the keyword compressed-config to copy one file, after optimizing and reducing the size of the configuration file, to another location.
To copy a file from an external USB drive enter usbflash://filepath Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.4(0.0) Added the compressed-config parameter. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.4.1.
• copy running-config tftp: • copy running-config ftp: You can compress the running configuration by grouping all the VLANs and the physical interfaces with the same property. Support to store the operating configuration to the startup config in the compressed mode and to perform an image downgrade without any configuration loss are provided. Two existing exec mode CLIs are enhanced to display and store the running configuration in the compressed mode.
delete Delete a file from the flash. After deletion, files cannot be restored. S4820T Syntax Parameters delete flash-url [no-confirm] flash-url no-confirm Enter the following location and keywords: • For a file or directory on the internal Flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename or directory name. • For a file or directory on an external USB drive, enter usbflash:// followed by the filename or directory name.
Parameters filename | directory name: (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following: • For a file or directory on the internal Flash, enter flash:// then the filename or directory name. • For a file or directory on the external Flash, enter usbflash:// then the filename or directory name. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series You must include the colon (:) when entering this command.
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.1(0.0) Introduced on S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on S4820T. Include the colon (:) when entering this command. This command checks the specified flash memory for errors. If errors are found, the command recommends that you format the flash. CAUTION: If you elect to format the flash, all files – including the startup configuration file – are lost.
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series Original command restore factory-defaults Restore factory defaults. S4820T Syntax Parameters restore factory-defaults stack-unit {0-5 | all} {clear-all | nvram} factorydefaults Return the system to its factory default mode. 0-5 Enter the stack member unit identifier to restore only the mentioned stack-unit.
Usage Information Restoring factory defaults deletes the existing startup configuration and all persistent settings (stacking, fanout, and so forth). When restoring all units in a stack, all the units in the stack are placed into standalone mode. When restoring a single unit in a stack, that unit placed in stand-alone mode. No other units in the stack are affected. When restoring units in stand-alone mode, the units remin in stand-alone mode after the restoration.
Example (NvRAM all stack units) Dell#restore factory-defaults stack-unit all nvram ************************************************************** * Warning - Restoring factory defaults will delete the existing * * persistent settings (stacking, fanout, etc.) * * All the units in the stack will be split into standalone units. * * After restoration the unit(s) will be powercycled immediately.
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to display current reload mode (normal or Jumpstart). Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Dell#show bootvar PRIMARY IMAGE FILE = system://B SECONDARY IMAGE FILE = tftp://10.16.127.35/Dell-SI-9-0-2-0.
Example Command Fields Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series E-Series Original command Dell#show file-systems Size(b) Free(b) Feature Type Flags Prefixes 63938560 51646464 dosFs2.0 MMC rw flash: 63938560 18092032 dosFs1.0 MMC rw slot0: - - - network rw ftp: - - - network rw tftp: - - - network rw scp: Dell# Field Description size(b) Lists the size (in bytes) of the storage location.
NOTE: If you did not configure anything that entity, nothing displays and the prompt returns.
File Management isis for the current ISIS configuration line for the current line configuration lldp for the current LLDP configuration load-balance for the current port-channel loadbalance configuration logging for the current logging configuration mac for the current MAC ACL configuration mac-addresstable for the current MAC configuration managementeis for the current management EIS configuration managementroute for the current Management port forwarding configuration mld for the curre
resolve for the current DNS configuration rip for the current RIP configuration rmon for the current RMON configuration route-map for the current route map configuration sflow for the current sFlow configuration snmp for the current SNMP configuration spanningtree for the current spanning tree configuration static for the current static route configuration status for the file status information tacacs+ for the current TACACS+ configuration tftp for the current TFTP configuration trace-
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2. (0.0) Added support for the tunnel and EIS interface types. Version 9.0.0.0 Added support for the VLT option. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added the hardware-monitor option. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
Usage Information The status option allows you to display the size and checksum of the running configuration and the startup configuration. show startup-config Display the startup configuration. S4820T Syntax show startup-config Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
show os-version Display the release and software image version information of the image file specified. S4820T Syntax Parameters show os-version [file-url] file-url (OPTIONAL) Enter the following location keywords and information: • For a file on the internal flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename. • For a file on an FTP server, enter ftp:// user:password@hostip/filepath. • For a file on a TFTP server, enter tftp://hostip/ filepath. • For a file on the USB port, enter usbflash://filepath.
runtime 9-4(0-50) Control Processor passed BOOT IMAGE INFORMATION : -------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot flash 3.1.1.3 Control Processor passed BOOTSEL IMAGE INFORMATION : -------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot selector 3.1.0.
Command Fields Example (SSeries) E-Series Original command. Lines Beginning With Description Dell Network... Name of the operating system Dell Operating... OS version number Dell Application... Software version Copyright (c)... Copyright information Build Time... Software build’s date stamp Build Path... Location of the software build files loaded on the system Dell Networking OS uptime is... Amount of time the system has been up System image...
System Type: S4810 Control Processor: Freescale QorIQ P2020 with 2147483648 bytes of memory. 128M bytes of boot flash memory. 1 52-port GE/TE/FG (SE) 52 Ten GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) Dell# Dell# Dell# Dell#config t Dell(conf)#int te 0/5 Dell(conf-if-te-0/5)#no shut Dell(conf-if-te-0/5)# Dell(conf-if-te-0/5)# Dell(conf-if-te-0/5)# Dell(conf-if-te-0/5)#ipv6 nd prefix FEC0::/10 Dell(conf-if-te-0/5)# Dell(conf-if-te-0/5)#show conf ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/5 ip address 78.21.1.
system Enter the keyword system to change the system image. ftp: After entering the keyword ftp:, you can either follow it with the location of the source file in this form: // userid:password@hostip/filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. scp: After entering the keyword scp:, you can either follow it with the location of the source file in this form: // userid:password@hostip/filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0(0.0) Added support for IPv6 for the file-url parameter. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Added support for the SSD on the Z9000 only. Version 8.3.7.
....................................
Control and Monitoring 4 This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP) as they apply to the following Dell Networking S4820T platform. NOTE: This command replaces the enable optic-info-update interval command to update information on temperature and power monitoring in the simple network management protocol (SNMP) management information base (MIB).
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. You must save the configuration and reload the system to implement ASF. When you enter the command, the system sends a message stating that the new mode is enabled when the system reloads. cam-acl Allocate content addressable memory (CAM) for IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2(0.2) Added support for the fcoe parameter on the S4810 and S4820T. Version 9.1. (0.0) Added support for OpenFlow on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.
cam-acl-vlan Specify the number of VFP blocks allocated to OpenFlow. S4820T Syntax cam-acl-vlan vlanopenflow {0|1} vlaniscsi {0|1} Defaults Disabled. Parameters vlanopenflow Enter the number 1 to allocate VFP blocks and enable OpenFlow. (Default) Enter the number 0 to disable OpenFlow. vlaniscsi Enter the number 1 to allocate VFP blocks for iSCSI. Enter the number 0 to disable iSCSI CAM allocation. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
aux 0 Enter the keywords aux 0 to reset the auxiliary port. console 0 Enter the keywords console 0 to reset the console port. vty number Enter the keyword vty then a number to clear a terminal line. The range is from 0 to 9. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Dell#configure Dell(conf)# disable Return to EXEC mode.
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. do Allows the execution of most EXEC-level commands from all CONFIGURATION levels without returning to the EXEC level. S4820T Syntax Parameters do command command Enter an EXEC-level command. Defaults none Command Modes • CONFIGURATION • INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
• Example config Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)#do clear counters Clear counters on all interfaces [confirm] Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)#do clear logging Clear logging buffer [confirm] Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)#do reload System configuration has been modified. Save? [yes/no]: n Proceed with reload [confirm yes/no]: n Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# enable Enter EXEC Privilege mode or any other privilege level configured. After entering this command, you may need to enter a password.
Usage Information Users entering EXEC Privilege mode or any other configured privilege level can access configuration commands. To protect against unauthorized access, use the enable password command to configure a password for the enable command at a specific privilege level. If no privilege level is specified, the default is privilege level 15. Related Commands enable password — configures a password for the enable command and to access a privilege level.
end Return to EXEC Privilege mode from other command modes (for example, CONFIGURATION or ROUTER OSPF modes). S4820T Syntax end Command Modes • CONFIGURATION • SPANNING TREE • MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE • LINE • INTERFACE • TRACE-LIST • VRRP • ACCESS-LIST • PREFIX-LIST Command History • AS-PATH ACL • COMMUNITY-LIST • ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific.
exec-banner Enable the display of a text string when the user enters EXEC mode. S4820T Syntax exec-banner To disable the banner on terminal lines, use the no exec-banner command. Defaults Enabled on all lines (if configured, the banner appears). Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Parameters minutes Enter the number of minutes of inactivity on the system before disconnecting the current session. The range is from 0 to 35791. The default is 10 minutes for the console line and 30 minutes for the VTY line. seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 2147483. The default is 0 seconds. Defaults 10 minutes for console line; 30 minutes for VTY lines; 0 seconds Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History • LINE, INTERFACE • TRACE-LIST • PROTOCOL GVRP • SPANNING TREE • MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE • MAC ACCESS LIST • ACCESS-LIST • AS-PATH ACL • COMMUNITY-LIST • PREFIX-LIST • ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to enable the FTP server to listen to that VRF instance. NOTE: Use this attribute to specify the VRF that is used by the FTP server to accept client connections. If no VRF is specified, then the default VRF is used. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
329 bytes received in 0.018 seconds (17.95 Kbytes/s) ftp> ftp-server topdir Specify the top-level directory to be accessed when an incoming FTP connection request is made. S4820T Syntax Parameters ftp-server topdir directory directory Enter the directory path. Defaults The internal flash is the default directory. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ftp-server username — sets a username and password for incoming FTP connections to the E-Series. ftp-server username Create a user name and associated password for incoming FTP server sessions. S4820T Syntax ftp-server username username password [encryption-type] password To delete a user name and its password, use the no ftp-server username username command. Parameters username Enter a text string up to 40 characters long as the user name.
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. hostname Set the host name of the system. S4820T Syntax Parameters hostname name name Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long. Defaults Dell Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
ip ftp password Specify a password for outgoing FTP connections. S4820T Syntax ip ftp password [encryption-type] password To remove a password and return to the default setting, use the no ip ftp password [password] command. Parameters encryptiontype password (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following numbers: • 0 (zero) for an unecrypted (clear text) password • 7 (seven) for a hidden text password Enter a string up to 40 characters as the password. Defaults Not configured.
ip ftp username — sets the user name for the FTP sessions. ip ftp vrf Configures an FTP client with a VRF that is used to connect to the FTP server. S4820T Syntax ip ftp [vrf vrf-name] To undo the FTP client configuration, use the ip ftp [vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to specify the VRF that is used by the FTP client. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
ip ftp username Assign a user name for outgoing FTP connection requests. S4820T Syntax ip ftp username username To return to anonymous FTP connections, use the no ip ftp username [username] command. Parameters username Enter a text string as the user name up to 40 characters long. Defaults No user name is configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ip telnet server enable Enable the Telnet server on the switch. S4820T Syntax ip telnet server enable To disable the Telnet server, use the no ip telnet server enable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.
Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.4. (0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information You can enable the TELNET server on either a management VRF or a user defined VRF but not both.
Defaults The IP address on the system that is closest to the Telnet address is used in the outgoing packets. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.
• • • • For the SONET interfaces, enter the keyword sonet then slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults The IP address on the system that is closest to the Telnet address is used in the outgoing packets.
Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.4. (0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information Use this command to make the TFTP clients VRF aware. The VRF name that you specify is used by the TFTP client to reach the TFTP server.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command ping Test connectivity between the system and another device by sending echo requests and waiting for replies.
datagram size Enter the ICMP datagram size. The range is from 36 to 15360 bytes. The default is 100. timeout Enter the interval to wait for an echo reply before timing out. The range is from 0 to 3600 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. source Enter the IPv4 or IPv6 source ip address or the source interface. For IPv6 addresses, you may enter global addresses only. Enter the IP address in A.B.C.D format.
• For a Port Channel, enter the keyword port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Commands. For information on the ICMP message codes that return from a ping command, refer to ICMP Message Types. The following table provides descriptions for the ping command status response symbols displayed in the output. Example (IPv4) Symbol Description ! Each exclamation point indicates receipt of a reply. . Each period indicates the network server timed out while waiting for a reply. U A destination unreachable error PDU was received. Q Source quench (destination too busy).
Parameters conditional nvram-cfgchange Reload if the condition is true. A configuration change to the nvram requires a switch reload. To reload the switch, select nvram-cfg-change. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
console Enter the keyword console to send a message to the primary terminal line. vty Enter the keyword vty to send a message to the virtual terminal. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
Parameters debug (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword debug to add timestamps to debug messages. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to add timestamps to log messages with severity from 0 to 6. datetime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword datetime to have the current time and date added to the message. localtime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword localtime to include the localtime in the timestamp. msec (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword msec to include milliseconds in the timestamp.
show alarms View alarms currently active in the system. S4820T Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show alarms [threshold] threshold • • (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword threshold to display the temperature thresholds in Celcuis for each level. EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Alarm Type Duration ---------------------------------------------No major alarms Dell# show cam-acl-vlan Display the block sizes allocated for the VLAN CAM ACL. S4820T Syntax show cam-acl-vlan Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on S4810.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Usage Information One trace log message is generated for each command. No password information is saved to this file. A command-history trace log is saved to a file after an RPM failover.
[11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[interface gigabitethernet 0/4]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[no ip address]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[shutdown]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[interface gigabitethernet 0/5]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[no ip address]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[shutdown]by default from console [11/20 21:17:35]: CMD-(CLI):[line console 0]by default from console [11/20 21:17:36]: CM
Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Reload the system to reset the command-tree counters.
Defaults all Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.
show debugging View a list of all enabled debugging processes. S4820T Syntax show debugging Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Control and Monitoring Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.
show environment View S-Series and Z-Series system component status (for example, temperature or voltage). S4820T Syntax Parameters show environment [all | fan | stack-unit unit-id | pem] all Enter the keyword all to view all components. fan Enter the keyword fan to view information on the fans. The output of this command is chassis dependent. stack-unit unitid Enter the keyword stack-unit then the unit-id to display information on a specific stack member. The range is from 0 to 1.
0 2 up up 7021 up 7021 Speed in RPM -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) -------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0 down UNKNOWN down 0 0 1 up AC up 6504 -- Unit Environment Status -Unit Status Temp Voltage TempStatus -------------------------------------------------------------------------* 0 online 36C ok 1 * Management Unit -- Thermal Sensor Readings (deg C) -Unit Sensor0 Sensor1 Sensor2 Sensor3 Sensor4 Sensor5 Sensor6 ------------------
show inventory Display the S-Series or Z-Series switch type, components (including media), and Dell Networking Operating System (OS), including hardware identification numbers and configured protocols. S4820T Syntax Parameters show inventory [media slot] media slot (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword media then the stack ID of the stack member for which you want to display pluggable media inventory. NOTE: This parameter is available but not supported in Dell Networking Operating System version 8.3.11.4.
Unit Type Serial Number Part Number Rev Piece Part ID Rev Svc Tag Exprs Svc Code -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 0 S6000-01-FE-32T NA 08YWFG A00 CN-08YWFG-28298-39Q-0015 A00 24N1VS1 463 414 838 5 0 S6000-PWR-AC NA 0T9FNW A00 CN-0T9FNW-28298-39Q-0005 A00 NA NA 0 S6000-FAN NA 0MGDH8 A00 CN-0MGDH8-28298-39Q-0009 A00 NA NA 0 S6000-FAN NA 0MGDH8 A00 CN-0MGDH8-28298-39Q-0007 A00 NA NA 0 S6000-FAN NA 0MGDH8 A00 CN-0MGDH8-28298-39Q
show memory View current memory usage on the switch. S4820T Syntax Parameters show memory [stack-unit id] stack-unit id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack unit ID of the S-Series stack member to display memory information on the designated stack member. The unit ID range from 0 to 11. The unit ID range for the S4820T is from 0 to 11. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show processes cpu Display CPU usage information based on processes running. S4820T Syntax Parameters show processes cpu [management-unit 1-99 [details] | stack-unit id | summary | [stack-unit id]] managementunit 1-99 [details] (OPTIONAL) Display processes running in the control processor. The 1-99 variable sets the number of tasks to display in order of the highest CPU usage in the past five (5) seconds. Add the keyword details to display all running processes (except sysdlp).
Example Dell#show processes cpu ? management-unit Management Unit stack-unit Unit Number summary Summary of CPU utilization | Pipe through a command Dell#show processes cpu summary CPU utilization 5Sec 1Min 5Min ------------------------------------------UNIT0 3% 3% 1% Dell#show processes cpu stack-unit 0 CPUID 5sec 1min 5min -------------------------------------------------CORE 0 13.17 11.53 0.00 CORE 2 9.38 12.16 0.00 Overall 11.28 11.84 0.
PID Runtime(ms) Invoked uSecs 1Min 5Min TTY Process Process: system PID: 0 CPU usage: 5sec 1min - 13.37% 5min - 12.94% CoreID: 3 Process: sysdlp PID: 428 CPU usage: 5sec - 2.56% 5min - 3.40% CoreID: 0 Process: sysd PID: 410 CPU usage: 5sec - 0.96% 5min - 2.50% CoreID: 2 TID Runtime(ms) Invoked uSecs 1Min 5Min TTY Thread 56 20 2 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0 usm 55 10 1 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0 DHCLIENT 54 0 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0 cms 53 60 6 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0 portmirr 52 0 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0 cfgDataSync 51 0 0 0 0.00% 0.
0x000000c9 0.15% 0.44% 0x000000e0 0.12% 0.16% 0x00000132 0.10% 0.13% 0x0000028d 0.05% 0.12% 0x000000a9 0.03% 0.06% 0x00000253 0.02% 0.02% 0x00000206 0.02% 0.03% 0x00000012 0.10% 0.12% 0x0000024d 0.08% 0.14% Related Commands 1240 0 530 0 420 0 410 0 200 0 100 0 140 0 1290 0 400 0 124 nvmgr 53 igmp 42 vrrp 41 ovsdbsvr 20 arpm 10 otm 14 tnlmgr 129 mount_mfs 40 xstp 10000 0.20% 10000 0.20% 10000 0.20% 10000 0.20% 10000 0.20% 10000 0.20% 10000 0.20% 10000 0.00% 10000 0.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.
Example (SSeries) • A sending task enqueues messages into the SWP queue3 for a receiving task and waits for an acknowledgement. • If no response is received within a defined period of time, the SWP timeout mechanism resubmits the message at the head of the FIFO queue. • After retrying a defined number of times, the SWP-2-NOMORETIMEOUT timeout message is generated.
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.7.1.0 Added the management-unit option. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
TaskName TotalAllocated TotalFreed MaxHeld CurrentHolding tme 435406 397536 54434 37870 ipc 16652 0 16652 16652 timerMgr 33304 0 33304 33304 sysAdmTsk 33216 0 33216 33216 tFib4 1943960 0 1943960 1943960 aclAgent 90770 16564 74206 74206 ifagt_1 21318 16564 21318 4754 dsagt 6504 0 6504 6504 MacAgent 269778 0 269778 269778 Example (managementunit) Dell#show processes management-unit Total : 151937024, MaxUsed : 111800320 [2/25/2008 4:18:53] CurrentUsed: 98848768, CurrentFree: 53088256 SharedUsed : 13007848, S
Parameters clients Enter the keyword clients to display IFM client information. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display brief information about IFM clients. ifagt number Enter the keyword ifagt then the number of an interface agent to display software pipe and IPC statistics.
Version 7.6.1.0 Example Introduced for the C-Series and S-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for the disabled-ports parameter . Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
-----------0 0 down 0 1 up UNKNOWN down AC up 0 6600 -- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan0 Speed Fan1 Speed ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0 up up 7072 up 7072 0 1 up up 7021 up 7072 0 2 up up 7021 up 7021 Speed in RPM Example (S6000) Dell#show system Stack MAC : 90:b1:1c:f4:9b:79 Reload-Type : normal-reload] normal-reload [Next boot : -- Unit 0 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (
Example (S4810) Unit Type Status : Member Unit : not present -- Unit 4 -Unit Type Status : Member Unit : not present -- Unit 5 -Unit Type Status : Member Unit : not present Dell#show system stack-unit 0 -- Unit 0 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Current Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 4.
Related Commands • show version – displays the Dell Networking OS version. • show hardware stack-unit – displays the data plane and management plane input and output statistics of a particular stack member. show tech-support Display a collection of data from other show commands, necessary for Dell Networking technical support to perform troubleshooting on S-Series or Z-Series switches.
Usage Information Without the page or stack-unit option, the command output is continuous. To interrupt the command output, use Ctrl-z. The save option works with other filtering commands. This allows you to save specific information of a show command. The save entry must always be the last option.
Dell#dir Directory of flash: 1 drw- 16384 Jan 01 1980 00:00:00 +00:00 . 2 drwx 1536 Jul 13 1996 02:38:06 +00:00 .. 3 d--- 512 Nov 20 2007 15:46:44 +00:00 ADMIN_DIR Example (SSeries) Dell#show tech-support stack-unit 0 ----------------------------------- show version ------------------------------Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Application Software Version: 9-4(0-168) Copyright (c) 1999-2014 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved.
hardware watchdog stack-unit 5 ! Related Commands • show version — displays the Dell Networking OS version. • show system (S-Series and Z-Series) — displays the current switch status. • show environment (S-Series) — displays the system component status. • show processes memory (S-Series) — displays the memory usage based on running processes. ssh-peer-stack-unit Open an SSH connection to the peer stack-unit.
telnet Connect through Telnet to a server. The Telnet client and server in Dell Networking support IPv4 and IPv6 connections. You can establish a Telnet session directly to the router or a connection can be initiated from the router. NOTE: The Telnet server and client are VRF-aware. Using the vrf parameter in this command, you can make a Telnet server or client to listen to a specific VRF. This capability enables a Telent server or client to look up the correct routing table and establish a connection.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S-Series. terminal length Configure the number of lines displayed on the terminal screen. S4820T Syntax Parameters terminal length screen-length screen-length Enter a number of lines. Entering zero causes the terminal to display without pausing.
E-Series Original command. traceroute View a packet’s path to a specific device. S4820T Syntax Parameters traceroute {host | vrf instance | ip-address | ipv6-address} host Enter the name of device. ip-address Enter the IP address of the device in dotted decimal format. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address, in the x:x:x:x::x format, to which you are testing connectivity. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Usage Information Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv4 only). Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF. Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series. E-Series Original command.
1 3ffe:501:ffff:100:201:e8ff:fe00:4c8b 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms Dell# Related Commands ping — tests the connectivity to a device. undebug all Disable all debug operations on the system. S4820T Syntax undebug all Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
virtual-ip Configure a virtual IP address for the active management interface. You can configure virtual addresses both for IPv4 and IPv6 independently. S4820T Syntax virtual-ip {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} To return to the default, use the no virtual-ip {ipv4-address | ipv6address} command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IP address of the active management interface in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
Related Commands ip address — assigns a primary and secondary IP address to the interface. write Copy the current configuration to either the startup-configuration file or the terminal. S4820T Syntax Parameters write {memory | terminal} memory Enter the keyword memory to copy the current running configuration to the startup configuration file. This command is similar to the copy running-config startup-config command.
use the copy command to save any running-configuration changes to that local file. Related Commands 162 save — saves configurations created in BOOT_USER mode (BCLI).
5 802.1ag 802.1ag is available on the Dell Networking S4820T platform. ccm disable Disable continuity check message (CCM). S4820T Syntax ccm disable Enter no ccm disable to enable CCM. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
Parameters seconds Enter a transmit interval. The intervals are 1, 10, 60, and 600. Defaults 10 seconds Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
database hold-time Set the amount of time that data from a missing MEP is kept in the continuity check database. S4820T Syntax Parameters database hold-time minutes minutes Enter a hold-time. The range is from 100 to 65535 minutes. Defaults 100 minutes Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. domain Create the maintenance domain. S4820T Syntax Parameters domain name md-level number name Name the maintenance domain. md-level number Enter a maintenance domain level. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults none Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. ethernet cfm mep Create an MEP.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. ethernet cfm mip Create a maintenance intermediate point (MIP). S4820T Syntax Parameters ethernet cfm mip domain {name | level} ma-name name domain [name | level] Enter the keyword domain then the domain name or domain level. ma-name name Enter the keyword ma-name then the name of the maintenance association.
mep cross-check Enable cross-checking for a MEP. S4820T Syntax Parameters mep cross-check mep-id mep-id Enter the MEP ID. The range is from 1 to 8191. Defaults none Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. mep cross-check start-delay Configure the amount of time the system waits for a remote MEP to come up before the cross-check operation is started. S4820T Syntax Parameters mep cross-check start-delay number start-delay number Enter a start-delay in seconds. The range is from 3 to 100 seconds.
ping ethernet Send a loopback message. S4820T Syntax Parameters ping ethernet domain [name l level] ma-name ma-name remote {dest-mep-id | mac-addr mac-address} source {src-mep-id | port interface} name | level Enter the domain name or level. ma-name maname Enter the keyword ma-name and then enter the maintenance association name. dest-mep-id Enter the MEP ID that is the target of the ping.
Parameters name | level Enter the maintenance domain name or level. brief Enter the keyword brief to display a summary output. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
show ethernet cfm statistics Display MEP statistics. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ethernet cfm statistics [domain {name | level} vlan-id vlan-id mpid mpid] domain Enter the keyword domain to display statistics for a particular domain. name | level Enter the domain name or level. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan-id then a VLAN ID. mpid mpid Enter the keyword mpid then a maintenance point ID. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show ethernet cfm port-statistics Display CFM statistics by port. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ethernet cfm port-statistics [interface type slot/port] interface type Enter the keyword interface then the interface type. slot/port Enter the slot and port numbers for the port. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
show ethernet cfm traceroute-cache Display the link trace cache. S4820T Syntax show ethernet cfm traceroute-cache Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Defaults none Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
traceroute cache size Set the size of the link trace cache. S4820T Syntax Parameters traceroute cache size entries entries Enter the number of entries the link trace cache can hold. The range is from 1 to 4095 entries. Defaults 100 entries Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. 180 Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 802.
802.1X 6 An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking operating software supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. S4820T Syntax Parameters debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] all Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages. backend-fsm Enable backend FSM debug messages. eapol-pdu Enable the EAPOL frame trace and related debug messages. interface interface Restricts the debugging information to an interface.
To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts followed number of attempts desired before authentication fails. The range is from 1 to 5. The default is 3. Defaults 3 attempts Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. S4820T Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. The prerequisites for enabling MAB-only authentication on a port are: • Enable 802.1X authentication globally on the switch and on the port (the dot1x authentication command).
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. dot1x authentication (Interface) — Enable dot1x on an interface. dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface.
Related Commands dot1x authentication (Configuration) — Enable dot1x globally. dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. S4820T Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured.
If the host fails authentication for the designated number of times, the authenticator places the port in authentication failed VLAN (dot1x auth-failvlan). NOTE: You can create the Layer 3 portion of a guest VLAN and authentication fail VLANs regardless if the VLAN is assigned to an interface or not. After an interface is assigned a guest VLAN (which has an IP address), routing through the guest VLAN is the same as any other traffic. However, the interface may join/leave a VLAN dynamically.
Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.0 Added the multi-auth option on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 8.3.2.0 Added the single-host and multi-host options on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. • Single-host mode authenticates only one host per authenticator port and drops all other traffic on the port. • Multi-host mode authenticates the first host to respond to an Identity Request and then permits all other traffic on the port.
Version 8.4.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, enter the no dot1x mac-authbypass command. dot1x max-eap-req Configure the maximum number of times an extensive authentication protocol (EAP) request is transmitted before the session times out. S4820T Syntax dot1x max-eap-req number To return to the default, use the no dot1x max-eap-req command.
dot1x max-supplicants Restrict the number of supplicants that can be authenticated and permitted to access the network through the port. This configuration is only takes effect in Multi-auth mode. S4820T Syntax Parameters dot1x max-supplicants number number Enter the number of supplicants that can be authenticated on a single port in Multi-auth mode. The range is from 1 to 128. The default is 128. Defaults 128 hosts can be authenticated on a single authenticator port.
Parameters forceauthorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result. forceunauthorized Enter the keywords force-unauthorized to forcibly deauthorize a port. Defaults none Command Modes Auto Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Defaults 60 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized.
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out. S4820T Syntax dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Where the default values are as follows: dot1x server-timeout (30 seconds), radius-server retransmit (3 seconds), and radius-server timeout (5 seconds). For example: Dell(conf)#radius-server host 10.11.197.105 timeout 6 Dell(conf)#radius-server host 10.11.197.105 retransmit 4 Dell(conf)#interface gigabitethernet 2/23 Dell(conf-if-gi-2/23)#dot1x server-timeout 40 dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out.
dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs the Authenticator PAE transmits. S4820T Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command. Parameters seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
mac-address • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Ten-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. (Optional) MAC address of an 802.1X-authenticated supplicant. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Dell#show dot1x cos-mapping int g 2/21 mac-address 00:00:01:00:07:00 802.1p CoS re-map table on Gi 2/21: ---------------------------------802.1p CoS re-map table for Supplicant: 00:00:01:00:07:00 Dot1 Remapped Dot1p 0 7 1 6 2 5 3 4 4 3 5 2 6 1 7 0 show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.2.1 Added the mac-address option on the C-Series and SSeries. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. Usage Information If you enable 802.1X multi-supplicant authentication on a port, additional 802.
Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Max-Supplicants: 60 seconds 1 30 seconds 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 MULTI_AUTH 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:01:00:07:00 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# Example (Interface) AUTHORIZED(MAC-AUTH-BYPASS) 4094 Authenticated Idle Dell#show dot1x interface g 0/21 802.
Access Control Lists (ACL) 7 Access control lists (ACLs) are supported by the Dell Networking operating software on the S4820T platform.
description Enter a description of up to 80 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
show config Display the current ACL configuration. S4820T Syntax show config Command Modes • CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types section. access-class Apply a standard ACL to a terminal line. S4820T Syntax access-class access-list-name To remove an ACL, use the no access-class access-list-name command. Parameters access-listname Enter the name of a configured Standard ACL, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters access-listname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
implicit-permit (that is, if the traffic does not match the filters in the ACL, the traffic is permitted instead of dropped). vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the ID numbers of the VLANs. The range is from 1 to 4094 (you can use IDs from 1 to 4094). vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf then the ID numbers of the VRFs. The range is from 1 to 63 (you can use IDs from 1 to 63). NOTE: When you specify a single VRF, use the name of the VRF instead of the VRF ID number.
Use the vrf attribute of this command to associate an access-list to a non-default VRF. You can use this command at the interface context (physical/LAG) to apply the access-list to a range of VRFs. The VRF MODE is not available for the default and management VRFs. Related Commands ip access-list standard — configures a standard ACL. ip access-list extended — configures an extended ACL. ip control-plane egress-filter Enable egress Layer 3 ACL lookup for IPv4 CPU traffic.
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. in | out Identify whether ACL is applied on the ingress or egress side. vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view the IP accounting information on either a default or a non-default VRF.
seq seq seq seq seq 5 deny ip any 191.1.0.0 /16 count (0x00 packets) 10 deny ip any 191.2.0.0 /16 order 4 15 deny ip any 191.3.0.0 /16 20 deny ip any 191.4.0.0 /16 25 deny ip any 191.5.0.0 /16 Dell#show ip accounting access-list L3-ACL vrf vrf3 ! Standard Ingress IP access list L3-ACL on vrf3 Total cam count 3 seq 5 permit 10.1.2.0/24 seq 10 permit 20.1.2.0/24 seq 15 permit 30.1.2.
• • • host ip-address dscp — Enter the keyword dcsp followed by the DCSP value to match to the IP DCSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63. fragments — Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. order — Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order of priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lowerorder numbers have a higher priority).
Related Commands ip access-list standard — configures a standard ACL. permit — configures a permit filter. ip access-list standard Create a standard IP access list (IP ACL) to filter based on IP address. S4820T Syntax ip access-list standard access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list standard accesslist-name command. Parameters access-listname Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the ACL name.
Usage Information Dell Networking OS supports one ingress and one egress IP ACL per interface. Prior to Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed specifications on entries allowed per ACL, refer to your line card documentation. Example Dell(conf)#ip access-list standard TestList Dell(config-std-nacl)# Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended access list.
not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address or hostname. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
resequence access-list Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing access-list. S4820T Syntax Parameters resequence access-list {ipv4 | ipv6 | mac} {access-list-name StartingSeqNum Stepto-Increment} ipv4 | ipv6 | mac Enter the keyword ipv4or mac to identify the access list type to resequence. access-listname Enter the name of a configured IP access list. StartingSeqNu m Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is from 0 to 4294967290.
Usage Information When you have exhausted all the sequence numbers, this feature permits reassigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing access-list. resequence prefix-list ipv4 Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing prefix list. Syntax Parameters resequence prefix-list ipv4 {prefix-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-to-increment} prefix-listname Enter the name of the configured prefix list, up to 140 characters long.
seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an IP access list while creating the filter. S4820T Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {source [mask] | any | host ip-address}} [count [bytes]] [dscp value] [order] [fragments] To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters Defaults 218 sequencenumber Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290.The range is from 0 to 65534. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
Extended IP ACL Commands When an ACL is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The following commands configure extended IP ACLs, which in addition to the IP address, also examine the packet’s protocol type. The S4820T supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections. deny Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria.
byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes that the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DCSCP values. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority).
Version 6.5.1.0 Usage Information Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details.
any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter.
Usage Information Version 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Version 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only.
dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority) If you did not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. The C-Series and S-Series cannot count both packets and bytes; when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead.
To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters 228 • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous.
order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority) If you did not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. The C-Series and S-Series cannot count both packets and bytes; when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented.
To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list extended accesslist-name command. Parameters access-listname Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the access list name. Defaults All access lists contain an implicit “deny any”; that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
permit To pass IP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. S4820T Syntax permit {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [count [bytes]] [dscp value] [order] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults 232 • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.
address} [bit] [dscp] [operator port [port]] [count [byte] | log] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D.
• 20 and 21 = FTP • 25 = SMTP • 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes.
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. Version 6.5.
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended ACL. permit — assigns a permit filter for IP packets. permit udp — assigns a permit filter for UDP packets. permit udp To pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
• lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter) port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is 0 to 65535. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter.
Usage Information Version 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. . Version 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry.
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended ACL. permit — assigns a permit filter for IP packets. permit tcp — assigns a permit filter for TCP packets. resequence access-list Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing access-list.
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When all sequence numbers have been exhausted, this feature permits reassigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing access-list. resequence prefix-list ipv4 Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing prefix list.
Usage Information When you have exhausted all the sequence numbers, this feature permits reassigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing prefix list. Related Commands resequence access-list — resequences an access-list. seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an extended IP access list while creating the filter.
• port port eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter.) (OPTIONAL) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535.
Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
If you configure the sequence-number, the sequence-number is used as a tie breaker for rules with the same order. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands deny — configures a filter to drop packets. permit — configures a filter to forward packets.
Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. mac access-group Apply a MAC ACL to traffic entering or exiting an interface. The following interface types can be used for VLAN , Physical interface, Port channel interface. Enter into the interface mode and apply the mac acl in the following manner.
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
in | out • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet and then enter the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE and then enter the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword VLAN followed by the vlan id. Identify whether ACL is applied on ingress or egress side. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
• in | out Command Modes Command History • • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword VLAN followed by the vlan id. Identify whether ACL is applied on ingress or egress side. EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
seq 25 permit any any count (0 packets) Dell# Standard MAC ACL Commands When you create an access control list without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. These commands configure standard MAC ACLs. The S4820T support both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs. NOTE: For more information, also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common MAC Access List Commands sections. deny To drop packets with a the MAC address specified, configure a filter.
interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
To delete a MAC access list, use the no mac access-list standard maclist-name command. Parameters mac-list-name Enter a text string as the name of the standard MAC access list (140 character maximum). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
permit To forward packets from a specific source MAC address, configure a filter. S4820T Syntax permit {any | mac-source-address [mac-source-address-mask]} [count [byte]] | [log] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit {any | mac-source-address mac-sourceaddress-mask} command. any Enter the keyword any to forward all packets received with a MAC address.
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match.
mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. If no mask is specified, a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 is applied (in other words, the filter allows only MAC addresses that match). count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to log the packets.
NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands deny — configures a filter to drop packets. permit — configures a filter to forward packets. Extended MAC ACL Commands When an access-list is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. The following commands configure Extended MAC ACLs.
macdestinationaddress Enter the destination MAC address and mask in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. macdestinationaddress-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. ethertype operator (OPTIONAL) To filter based on protocol type, enter one of the following Ethertypes: The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly.
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details.
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent.
permit To pass packets matching the criteria specified, configure a filter. S4820T Syntax permit {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-sourceaddress-mask} {any | host mac-address | mac-destination-address mac-destination-address-mask} [ethertype operator] [count [byte]] | [log] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to log the packets. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. NOTE: For more information, refer to the Flow-based Monitoring section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
seq — configure a MAC ACL filter with a specified sequence number. seq Configure a filter with a specific sequence number. Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} {any | host macaddress | mac-destination-address mac-destination-address-mask} [ethertype operator] [count [byte]] [log] [monitor] To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters 262 sequencenumber Enter a number as the filter sequence number.
• snap - is the IEEE 802.3 SNAP frame format. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to log the packets. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
permit — configures a filter to forward packets. IP Prefix List Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. To configure or enable IP prefix lists, use these commands. clear ip prefix-list Reset the number of times traffic mets the conditions (“hit” counters) of the configured prefix lists.
Related Commands ip prefix-list — configures a prefix list. deny To drop packets meeting the criteria specified, configure a filter. S4820T Syntax deny ip-prefix [ge min-prefix-length] [le max-prefix-length] To delete a drop filter, use the no deny ip-prefix command. Parameters ip-prefix Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/ 8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0.
If you do not use the ge or le options, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered. ip prefix-list Enter the PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. S4820T Syntax ip prefix-list prefix-name To delete a prefix list, use the no ip prefix-list prefix-name command. Parameters prefix-name Enter a string up to 16 characters long as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters long. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
permit Configure a filter that passes packets meeting the criteria specified. Syntax permit ip-prefix [ge min-prefix-length] [le max-prefix-length] To delete a forward filter, use the no permit ip-prefix command. Parameters ip-prefix Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0. ge min-prefixlength (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge and then enter the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32.
seq To a deny or permit filter in a prefix list while configuring the filter, assign a sequence number. S4820T Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any} | [ip-prefix /nn {ge min-prefix-length} {le max-prefix-length}] | [bitmask number] To delete a specific filter, use the no seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any} | [ip-prefix {ge min-prefix-length} {le maxprefix-length}] | [bitmask number]. Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number. The range is from 1 to 4294967294.
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.0 Added the bit mask option. If you do not use the ge or le options, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered. show config Display the current PREFIX-LIST configurations.
show ip prefix-list detail Display details of the configured prefix lists. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip prefix-list detail [prefix-name] prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
show ip prefix-list summary Display a summary of the configured prefix lists. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip prefix-list summary [prefix-name] prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
count: 1, range entries: 1, sequences: 5 - 5 Dell# Route Map Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then applied to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. To configure route maps and their redistribution criteria, use the following commands. continue To a route-map entry with a higher sequence number, configure a route-map. S4820T Syntax Parameters continue [sequence-number] sequencenumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the route map sequence number.
Match clause with Continue clause The continue feature can exist without a match clause. A continue clause without a match clause executes and jumps to the specified route-map entry. With a match clause and a continue clause, the match clause executes first and the continue clause next in a specified route map entry. The continue clause launches only after a successful match.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Related Commands Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set as-path — adds information to the BGP AS_PATH attribute.
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Related Commands Introduced on the E-Series. ip community-list — configures an Community Access list. set community — specifies a COMMUNITY attribute. match interface To match routes whose next hop is on the interface specified, configure a filter. S4820T Syntax match interface interface To remove a match, use the no match interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • .
Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address.
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8.1.1.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.
igp Enter the keyword igp to match routes originating within the same AS. incomplete Enter the keyword incomplete to match routes with incomplete routing information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.
Defaults permit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permit to set the route map default as permit. If you do not specify a keyword, the default is permit. deny (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword deny to set the route map default as deny. sequencenumber (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to identify the route map for editing and sequencing with other route maps. You are prompted for a sequence number if there are multiple instances of the route map. The range is from 1 to 65535. Not configured.
set as-path To modify the AS path for border gateway protocol (BGP) routes, configure a filter. S4820T Syntax set as-path prepend as-number [... as-number] To remove an AS-Path setting, use the no set as-path {prepend as-number | tag} command. Parameters prepend asnumber Enter the keyword prepend and then enter up to eight AS numbers to be inserted into the BGP path information. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured.
show ip community-lists — displays configured IP Community access lists. set automatic-tag To automatically compute the tag value of the route, configure a filter. S4820T Syntax set automatic-tag To return to the default, enter no set automatic-tag. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
set comm-list delete To remove the specified community list from the BGP route’s COMMUNITY attribute, configure a filter. S4820T Syntax set comm-list community-list-name delete To insert the community list into the COMMUNITY attribute, use the no set comm-list community-list-name delete command. Parameters communitylist-name Enter the name of an established Community list, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands ip community-list — configures community access list. match community — redistributes routes that match the COMMUNITY attribute. set community — specifies a COMMUNITY attribute. set community Allows you to assign a BGP COMMUNITY attribute. S4820T Syntax set community {community-number | local-as | no-advertise | noexport | none} [additive] To delete a BGP COMMUNITY attribute assignment, use the no set community {community-number | local-as | no-advertise | no-export | none} command.
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
level-2 Enter the keyword level-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 2. stub-area Enter the keyword stub to redistributed matched routes to OSPF stub areas. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Dell Networking OS Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set automatic-tag — computes the tag value of the route. set level — specifies the OSPF area for route redistribution. set metric — specifies the metric value assigned to redistributed routes.
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you do not use the set weight command, router-originated paths have a weight attribute of 32768 and all other paths have a weight attribute of zero. show config Display the current route map configuration.
show route-map Display the current route map configurations. S4820T Syntax Parameters show route-map [map-name] map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured route map, up to 140 characters. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.
AS-Path Commands The following commands configure AS-Path ACLs. ip as-path access-list Enter AS-PATH ACL mode and configure an access control list based on the BGP AS_PATH attribute. S4820T Syntax Parameters ip as-path access-list as-path-name as-path-name Enter the access-list name, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show ip as-path-access-lists Display the all AS-PATH access lists configured on the E-Series. S4820T Syntax show ip as-path-access-lists Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
To delete a community-list, use the no ip community-list comm-list-name command. Parameters comm-listname Enter a text string as the name of the community-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
Related Commands ip access-list standard — configures a standard ACL. permit — configures a permit filter. deny (for Extended IP ACLs) Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria.
Version 9.4(0.0) Usage Information Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
Related Commands deny — Configures a filter to drop packets. permit — Configures a filter to forward packets. deny tcp (for Extended IP ACLs) Configure a filter that drops transmission control protocol (TCP) packets meeting the filter criteria.
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny arp {destination-mac-address mac-address-mask | any} vlan vlan-id {ip-address | any | opcode code-number} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic.
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Version 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny ether-type protocol-type-number {destinationmac-address mac-address-mask | any} vlan vlan-id {sourcemac-address mac-address-mask | any} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Version 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Defaults Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. Use the no deny {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} {any | host mac-address | macdestination-address mac-destination-address-mask} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic.
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. Version 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
[byte]] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [thresholdin-msgs [count]][monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Defaults Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. Use the {destination-mac-address mac-address-mask | any} vlan vlan-id {ip-address | any | opcode code-number} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. Version 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). permit udp (for Extended IP ACLs) To pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
Version 9.4(0.0) Usage Information Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended ACL. permit tcp — assigns a permit filter for TCP packets. permit udp — assigns a permit filter for UDP packets.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. Version 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
Related Commands deny — configures a filter to drop packets. permit — configures a filter to forward packets. permit tcp (for Extended IP ACLs) To pass TCP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
Version 9.3(0.0) Usage Information Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. You can enter a threshold in the range of 1-100.
Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). seq ether-type (for Extended MAC ACLs) Configure an egress filter with a specific sequence number that filters traffic with specified types of Ethernet packets.
Version 9.4(0.0) Usage Information Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
seq (for IPv6 ACLs) Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit the filter in an IPv6 access list while creating the filter. Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ip | tcp | udp} {source address mask | any | host ipv6address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} [operator port [port]] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command.
ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces. You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction.
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information ACCESS-LIST Version 9.3.0.0 Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms.
• • Parameters Defaults Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. Use the no permit tcp {source address mask | any | host ipv6address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ACCESS-LIST Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. Version 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). deny udp (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter to drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria.
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
deny icmp (for Extended IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter to drop all or specific ICMP messages. NOTE: Only the options that have been newly introduced in Release 9.3(0.0) and Release 9.4(0.0) are described here. For a complete description on all of the keywords and variables that are available with this command, refer the topic of this command discussed earlier in this guide.
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information ACCESS-LIST Version 9.3(0.
8 Access Control List (ACL) VLAN Groups and Content Addressable Memory (CAM) This chapter describes the access control list (ACL) VLAN group and content addressable memory (CAM) enhancements. member vlan Add VLAN members to an ACL VLAN group. Syntax Parameters member vlan {VLAN-range} VLAN-range Enter the member VLANs using comma-separated VLAN IDs, a range of VLAN IDs, a single VLAN ID, or a combination.
ip access-group Apply an egress IP ACL to the ACL VLAN group. Syntax Parameters ip access-group {group name} out implicit-permit group-name Enter the name of the ACL VLAN group where you want the egress IP ACLs applied, up to 140 characters. out Enter the keyword out to apply the ACL to outgoing traffic.
Command History Version 9.3. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL platforms Usage Information When an ACL-VLAN-Group name or the Access List Group Name contains more than 30 characters, the name is truncated in the show acl-vlan-group command output. Examples The following sample illustrates the output of the show acl-vlan-group command. NOTE: Some group names and some access list names are truncated.
Group5 Vlan Members : 1,1000 Dell# show cam-acl-vlan Display the number of flow processor (FP) blocks that is allocated for the different VLAN services. Syntax show cam-acl-vlan Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.3. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL platforms. After CAM configuration for ACL VLAN groups is performed, you must reboot the system to enable the settings to be stored in nonvolatile storage.
Example Field Description VlanAclOpt Number of FP blocks for ACL VLAN optimzation feature. Dell#show cam-acl-vlan -- Chassis Vlan Cam ACL -Current Settings(in block sizes) VlanOpenFlow : 0 VlanIscsi : 2 VlanHp : 1 VlanFcoe : 1 VlanAclOpt : 0 -- Stack unit 0 -Current Settings(in block sizes) VlanOpenFlow : 0 VlanIscsi : 2 VlanHp : 1 VlanFcoe : 1 VlanAclOpt : 0 cam-acl-vlan Allocate the number of flow processor (FP) blocks or entries for VLAN services and processes.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000 platforms. The VLAN ContentAware Processor (VCAP) application is a pre-ingress CAP that modifies the VLAN settings before packets are forwarded. To support the ACL CAM optimization functionality, the CAM carving feature is enhanced. A total of four VACP groups are present, of which two are for fixed groups and the other two are for dynamic groups.
Example 1: Output of the show camusage Command Field Description LineCard Number of the line card that contains information on ACL VLAN groups Portpipe The hardware path that packets follow through a system for ACL optimization CAM-Region Type of area in the CAM block that is used for ACL VLAN groups Total CAM space Total amount of space in the CAM block Used CAM Amount of CAM space that is currently in use Available CAM Amount of CAM space that is free and remaining to be allocated for ACLs
| 12286 | | 262127 | | 2834 --More-- | IN-L3 FIB | 262141 | 14 | IN-L3-SysFlow | 2878 | 44 Example 2: Output of the show camusage acl Command Dell#show cam-usage acl Linecard|Portpipe| CAM Partition | Total CAM | |Available CAM ========|========|=================|=============| =============|============ 11 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 1008 | 0 | 1008 | | IN-L3 ACL | 12288 | 2 | 12286 | | OUT-L2 ACL | 1024 | 2 | 1022 | | OUT-L3 ACL | 1024 | 0 | 1024 Example 3: Output of the show camusage router Command
Example 4: Output of the show camusage switch Command Dell#show cam-usage switch Linecard|Portpipe| CAM Partition | Total CAM | |Available CAM ========|========|=================|=============| =============|============== 11 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 7152 | | 7152 | | IN-L2 FIB | 32768 | | 31687 | | OUT-L2 ACL | 0 | | 0 11 | 1 | IN-L2 ACL | 7152 | | 7152 | | IN-L2 FIB | 32768 | | 31687 | | OUT-L2 ACL | 0 | | 0 Used CAM 0 1081 0 0 1081 0 show running config acl-vlan-group Display the running configuration of al
Dell#show running-config acl-vlan-group group1 ! acl-vlan-group group1 description Acl Vlan Group1 member vlan 1-10,400-410,500 ip access-group acl1 out implicit-permit Dell# acl-vlan-group Create an ACL VLAN group. Syntax acl-vlan-group {group name} To remove an ACL VLAN group, use the no acl-vlan-group {group name} command. Parameters group-name Specify the name of the ACL VLAN group. The name can contain a maximum 140 characters.
show acl-vlan-group detail Display all the ACL VLAN Groups or display a specific ACL VLAN Group by name. To display the names in their entirety, the output displays in a line-by-line format. Syntax Parameters show acl-vlan-group detail detail Display information in a line-by-line format to display the names in their entirety. Without the detail option, the output is displayed in a table style and information may be truncated.
description (ACL VLAN Group) Add a description to the ACL VLAN group. Syntax Parameters description description description Enter a description to identify the ACL VLAN group (80 characters maximum). Default No default behavior or values Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-acl-vl-grp) Command History Usage Information 360 Version 9.3. (0.
9 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection. The Dell Networking operating software implementation is based on the standards specified in the IETF Draft draft-ietf-bfd-base-03 and supports BFD on all Layer 3 physical interfaces including VLAN interfaces and port-channels BFD is supported on the S4820T platform.
The default is active. Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2. (0.
Related Commands bfd neighbor — Explicitly enables a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. neighbor bfd disable — Explicitly disables a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. bfd disable Disable BFD on an interface. S4820T Syntax bfd disable Re-enable BFD using the no bfd disable command. Defaults BFD is disabled by default. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults BFD is disabled by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. bfd interval Specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. S4820T Syntax Parameters bfd interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive} interval milliseconds Enter the keywords interval to specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 100.
Example Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-if-gi-0/3)#bfd interval 250 min_rx 300 multiplier 4 role passive Dell(conf-if-gi-0/3)# bfd neighbor Establish a BFD session with a neighbor. S4820T Syntax bfd neighbor ip-address To remove the BFD session with the neighbor, use the no bfd neighbor ipaddress command.
Version 7.4.1.0 Related Commands Introduced on the E-Series. show bfd neighbors — displays the BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. bfd protocol-liveness Enable the BFD protocol liveness feature. S4820T Syntax bfd protocol-liveness Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
To disable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes, use the no ip route bfd [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] command. Parameters interval milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords interval to specify nondefault BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 100.
ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all OSPFv3 neighbors on a single interface or use non-default BFD session parameters. S4820T Syntax ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors [disable | [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}]] To disable all BFD sessions on an OSPFv3 interface implicitly, use the no ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors disable command in interface mode.. Parameters disable (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword disable to disable BFD on this interface.
Usage Information This command provides the flexibility to fine-tune the timer values based on individual interface needs when you configure ipv6 ospf BFD in CONFIGURATION mode. Any timer values specified with this command overrides timers set using the bfd all-neighbors command. Using the no form of this command does not disable BFD if you configure BFD in CONFIGURATION mode. To disable BFD on a specific interface while you configure BFD in CONFIGURATION mode, use the keyword disable.
Defaults See Parameters Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.3 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000.
Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • detail Defaults Command Modes Command History For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot/port information. For a port-channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number. For the C-Series, Z-Series, and S8410, the range is from 1 to 128. For VLAN interfaces, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
Example (Detail) Dell#show bfd neighbors detail Related Commands bfd neighbor — establishes a BFD session with a neighbor. Session Discriminator: 1 Neighbor Discriminator: 1 Local Addr: 10.1.3.2 Local MAC Addr: 00:01:e8:02:15:0e Remote Addr: 10.1.3.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands 376 Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Border Gateway Protocol 10 BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables. BGP is supported in Dell Networking OS version 8.3.19.
Parameters ipv4 multicast Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to enable BGPv4 multicast mode. ipv4 vrf vrfname Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to enable VRF mode. NOTE: Use this attribute to start a BGP instance corresponding to either a specific address family in a default VRF or an IPv4 address family in a non-default VRF. ipv6 unicast Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to enable BGPv6 mode.
advertise-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertise-map then the name of a configured route map to set filters for advertising an aggregate route. as-set (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword as-set to generate path attribute information and include it in the aggregate. AS_SET includes AS_PATH and community information from the routes included in the aggregated route.
In route maps used in the suppress-map parameter, routes meeting the deny clause are not suppress; in other words, they are allowed. The opposite is also true: routes meeting the permit clause are suppressed. If the route is injected via the network command, that route still appears in the routing table if the summary-only parameter is configured in the aggregateaddress command. The summary-only parameter suppresses all advertisements.
Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced command. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Any update without a MED attribute is the least preferred route. If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. bgp add-path Allow the advertisement of multiple paths for the same address prefix without the new paths replacing any previous ones.
bgp asnotation Allows you to implement a method for AS number representation in the command line interface (CLI). S4820T Syntax bgp asnotation [asplain | asdot+ | asdot] To disable a dot or dot+ representation and return to ASPLAIN, enter the no bgp asnotation command. Defaults asplain Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
router bgp 1 bgp four-octet-as-support bgp asnotation asdot+ Dell(conf)#router bgp 1 Dell(conf-router_bgp)#bgp asnotation asplain Dell(conf-router_bgp)#ex Dell(conf)#do show run |grep bgp router bgp 1 bgp four-octet-as-support Dell(conf)# Related Commands bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations.
bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax Include prefixes received from different AS paths during multipath calculation. S4820TS6000 Syntax bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax To return to the default BGP routing process, use the no bgp bestpath aspath multipath-relax command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
Usage Information Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced The MED is a 4-byte unsigned integer value and the default behavior is to assume a missing MED as 4294967295. This command causes a missing MED to be treated as 0. During path selection, paths with a lower MED are preferred over paths with a higher MED. bgp bestpath router-id ignore Do not compare router-id information for external paths during best path selection.
Defaults Enabled when a route reflector is configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. When a BGP cluster contains only one route reflector, the cluster ID is the route reflector’s router ID. For redundancy, a BGP cluster may contain two or more route reflectors.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
bgp confederation peers Specify the autonomous systems (ASs) that belong to the BGP confederation. S4820T Syntax bgp confederation peers as-number [...as-number] To return to the default, use the no bgp confederation peers command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). ...as-number (OPTIONAL) Enter up to 16 confederation numbers.
Related Commands bgp confederation identifier — configures a confederation ID. bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp dampening Enable BGP route dampening and configure the dampening parameters. S4820T Syntax bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. This command is enabled by default, that is for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer. If not, the update is dropped and a counter is increments. Use the show ip bgp neighbors command to view the “failed enforce-first-as check” counter.
Version 7.7.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the C-Series. The bgp fast-external-fallover command appears in the show config command output. The fast external fallover configuration is applied only after you manually reset all the existing BGP sessions. As a result, after you execute this command, you must also manually execute the clear ip bgp command in order for the configuration to take effect. bgp four-octet-as-support Enable 4-byte support for the BGP process.
Where the 2-byte format is from 1 to 65535, the 4-byte format is from 1 to 4294967295. Both formats are accepted and the advertisements reflect the entered format. For more information about using the 2 byte or 4-byte format, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. This command automatically restarts the BGP instance for the configuration to take effect.
Version 7.7.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the C-Series. This feature is advertised to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In Receiver Only mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart. BGP graceful restart is active only when the neighbor becomes established. Otherwise it is disabled. Graceful-restart applies to all neighbors with established adjacency.
compares MED between adjacent paths within an AS group because all paths in the AS group are from the same AS. When you change the path selection from Deterministic to Non-Deterministic, the path selection for the existing paths remains Deterministic until you enter the clear ip bgp command to clear existing paths. bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop Enable next-hop resolution through other routes learned by BGP.
Related Commands clear ip bgp — clears the ip bgp. bgp regex-eval-optz-disable Disables the Regex Performance engine that optimizes complex regular expression with BGP. S4820T Syntax bgp regex-eval-optz-disable To re-enable optimization engine, use the no bgp regex-eval-optz-disable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Examples Dell(conf-router_bgp)#no bgp regex-eval-optz-disable Dell(conf-router_bgp)#do show ip protocols Routing Protocol is "ospf 22222" Router ID is 2.2.2.2 Area Routing for Networks 51 10.10.10.0/00 Routing Protocol is "bgp 1" Cluster Id is set to 10.10.10.0 Router Id is set to 10.10.10.
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Peering sessions are reset when you change the router ID of a BGP router. This command automatically restarts the BGP instance for the configuration to take effect. clear ip bgp Reset BGP sessions. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection.
NOTE: You must execute the clear ip bgp soft out command when ever there is a change in the local policy. If you do not run this command after a local policy change, then these policy changes are not reflected in the responses to the peer’s route refresh messages. <1-429496729 5> Enter <1-4294967295> to clear peers with the AS number. <0.1-65535.65 535> Enter <0.1-65535.65535> to clear peers with the AS number in dot format. A.B.C.D Enter the BGP neighbor address in the A.B.C.D format to clear.
Related Commands bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop — disables next-hop resolution through other routes learned by the BGP. clear ip bgp dampening Clear information on route dampening and return the suppressed route to the Active state.
clear ip bgp flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] flap-statistics [ip-address mask | filter-list as-path-name | regexp regular-expression] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear BGP flap statistics corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: You can use this attribute on a specific VRF to remove history routes corresponding to that VRF.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
events Enter the keyword events to view BGP protocol events. ipv4 Enter the ipv4 IP address to view the IPV4 route information. ipv6 Enter the ipv6 IP address to view the IPV6 route information. keepalives Enter the keyword keepalives to view BGP keepalives. notifications Enter the keyword notifications to view BGP notifications. softreconfiguration Enter the keywords soft-reconfiguration to view only information on inbound BGP soft reconfiguration.
show debugging — views enabled debugging operations. debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. S4820T Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf test | ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 {unicast | multicast} dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv4 multicast dampening command. Parameters dampening Enter the keyword dampening to debug route flap dampening information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group then the name of the peer group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only events on inbound BGP messages. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only events on outbound BGP messages. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
peer-group peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group then the name of the peer group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only inbound keepalive messages. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only outbound keepalive messages. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view BGP notifications received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view BGP notifications sent to neighbors Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The default-metric command in BGP sets the value of the BGP MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute for redistributed routes only. Related Commands bgp always-compare-med — enables comparison of all BGP MED attributes. redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into BGP.
max-paths Configure the maximum number of parallel routes (multipath support) BGP supports. S4820T Syntax max-paths {ebgp | ibgp} number To return to the default values, enter the no maximum-paths command. Parameters ebgp Enter the keyword ebgp to enable multipath support for External BGP routes. ibgp Enter the keyword ibgp to enable multipath support for Internal BGP routes. number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths. The range is from 2 to 64.
neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI (Address Family Identifier/Subsequent Address Family Identifier). S4820T Syntax neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate To disable, use the no neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group.
neighbor add-path This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to send/receive multiple path advertisements. S4820T Syntax Parameters neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] add-path [send | receive | both] path-count ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. send Enter the keyword send to indicate that the system sends multiple paths to peers.
neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. S4820T Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} advertisement-interval command. Parameters Defaults ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
neighbor advertisement-start To send BGP routing updates, set the minimum interval before starting. S4820T Syntax neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. seconds Enter a number as the time interval, in seconds, before BGP route updates are sent. The range is from 0 to 3600 seconds.
peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. number Enter a number of times to allow this neighbor ID to use the AS path. The range is from 1 to 10. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map then the name of a configured route map. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
neighbor description Assign a character string describing the neighbor or group of neighbors (peer group). S4820T Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} description text To delete a description, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} description command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. text Enter a continuous text string up to 80 characters. Defaults Not configured.
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to apply the distribute list filter to all routers in the peer group. prefix-listname Enter the name of an established prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes). in Enter the keyword in to distribute only inbound traffic. out Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic. Defaults Not configured.
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. ttl (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of hops as the Time to Live (ttl) value. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 255. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
no prepend Specifies that local AS values do not prepend to announcements from the neighbor. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value. When the number of prefixes reaches this percentage of the maximum value, the E-Series software sends a message. The range is from 1 to 100 percent. The default is 75. warning-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword warning-only to set the router to send a log message when the maximum value is reached.
neighbor password Enable message digest 5 (MD5) authentication on the TCP connection between two neighbors. S4820T Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} password [encryptiontype] password To delete a password, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} password command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the router to be included in the peer group. peer-groupname Enter the name of a configured peer group.
of the TCP connection between them is verified and the MD5 digest is checked on every segment sent on the TCP connection. Configuring a password for a neighbor causes an existing session to be torn down and a new one established. If you specify a BGP peer group by using the peer-group-name parameter, all the members of the peer group inherit the characteristic configured with this command.
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You can assign up to 256 peers to one peer group. When you add a peer to a peer group, it inherits all the peer group’s configured parameters.
Parameters peer-groupname Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.
limit (Optional) Enter the keyword limit to constrain the numbers of sessions for this peer-group. The range is from 2 to 256. The default is 256. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to enter the remote AS in its routing table. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to enter the remote AS into routing tables of all routers within the peer group. number Enter a number of the AS. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte) or from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} remove-private-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to remove the private AS numbers. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers. Defaults Disabled (that is, private AS number are not removed). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
neighbor route-map Apply an established route map to either incoming or outbound routes of a BGP neighbor or peer group. S4820T Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} route-map map-name {in | out} To remove the route map, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} route-map map-name {in | out} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group.
Usage Information When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command. If you identify a peer by IP address, the Route map overwrites either the inbound or outbound policies on that peer.
Usage Information A route reflector reflects routes to the neighbors assigned to the cluster. Neighbors in the cluster do not need not to be fully meshed. By default, when you use no route reflector, the internal BGP (IBGP) speakers in the network must be fully meshed. The first time you enter this command, the router configures as a route reflector and the specified BGP neighbors configure as clients in the route-reflector cluster.
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Peers that are enabled within a peer group are disabled when their peer group is disabled. The neighbor shutdown command terminates all BGP sessions on the BGP neighbor or BGP peer group. Use this command with caution as it terminates the specified BGP sessions.
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the BGP neighbor specified. BGP stores all the updates the neighbor receives but does not reset the peer-session.
Defaults • • keepalive = 60 seconds holdtime = 180 seconds Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map then the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: • match ip address • set community • set local-preference • set metric • set next-hop • set origin • set weight If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
originated route is no longer present in the database the other route is automatically installed. In BGP, the next-hop for the route is calculated from the information that is acquired through IGP or static routes. Related Commands redistribute — redistributes routes into BGP. network backdoor Specify this IGP route as the preferred route. S4820T Syntax network ip-address mask backdoor To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask backdoor command.
Usage Information Although Dell Networking OS does not generate a route due to the backdoor config, there is an option for injecting/sourcing a local route in the presence of network backdoor config on a learned route. redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. S4820T Syntax redistribute {connected | static} [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution {connected | static} command.
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced the ability to substitute IGP cost for MED when a peer/peer-group outbound route-map is set as internal. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPF process. The range is from 1 to 65535. match external {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only. match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to redistribute OSPF internal routes only.
router bgp To configure and enable BGP, enter ROUTER BGP mode. S4820T Syntax router bgp as-number To disable BGP, use the no router bgp as-number command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 1 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv4 address on the system. S4820T Syntax Parameters show capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4-address ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP address to display packet information for that address. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
14141401 0c020a01 04000100 01020080 00000000 PDU[2] : len 19, captured 00:34:51 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 PDU[3] : len 19, captured 00:34:50 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 [. . .] Dell# show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration. S4820T Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view ipv4–unicast route information corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. network-mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix format) of the BGP network address.
Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
Command Modes Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
*>I 66.0.0.0/24 0 0 500 i *>I 77.0.0.0/24 0 0 i 172.16.0.2 172.16.0.2 Dell#show ip bgp cluster-list 4.4.4.4 BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.6 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Weight Path *>I 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.
no-advertise Enter the keywords no-advertise to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_ADVERTISE. All routes with the NO_ADVERTISE (0xFFFFFF02) community attribute must not be advertised to other BGP peers. no-export Enter the keywords no-export to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_EXPORT. All routes with the NO_EXPORT (0xFFFFFF01) community attribute must not be advertised outside a BGP confederation boundary.
Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
show ip bgp community-list View routes that a specific community list affects. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 unicast] community-list community-list-name [exact-match] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes.
Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
Parameters Command Modes Command History vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes that are affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Example Field Description Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.5 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network d 55.0.0.
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To determine a BGP session flap, both a route-down event and a subsequent route-up event corresponding to a single route are considered. As a result, a flap event is penalized only one time during the route-down event. The subsequent route-up event corresponding to the same route is not considered as a flap and is not penalized.
Defaults Command Modes Command History none • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
BadEvts 0 : SynFails 0 : RxeCodeP 0x41a1b6b8 : RxHdrCodeP 0x41a1b6d4 : RxOpCodeP 0x41a1b6e4 RxUpdCodeP 0x41a1b704 : TxEcodeP 0x41a1b734 : TxHdrcodeP 0x41a1b750 : TxOpCodeP 0x41a1b760 TxUpdCodeP 0x41a1b780 : TrEvt 0 : LocPref 100 : tmpPathP 0x41a1b7b8 : LogNbrChgs 1 RecursiveNH 1 : PgCfgId 0 : KeepAlive 0 : HldTime 0 : DioHdl 0 : AggrValTmrP 0x41ee7024 UpdNetTmrP 0 : RedistTmrP 0x41ee7094 : PeerChgTmrP 0 : CleanRibTmrP 0x41ee7104 PeerUpdTmrP 0x41ee70cc : DfrdNHTmrP 0x41ee7174 : DfrdRtselTmrP 0x41ee713c : Fas
show ip bgp extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 unicast] extcommunity-list [list name] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view information on all routes with extended community attributes corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes.
Example Dell#show run extcommunity-list ! ip extcommunity-list ecl1 permit rt 100:4 permit soo 40:4 Dell#show ip bgp extcommunity-list ecl1 BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
Usage Information Example Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp filter-list hello command shown in the following example.
Network Weight Path *> 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 *> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 Next Hop Metric LocPrf 0 200 400 500 600 i 0 200 500 i show ip bgp flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 unicast] flap-statistics [ipaddress [mask]] [filter-list as-path-name] [regexp regularexpression] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view flap statistics on BGP routes corresponding to that VRF.
• • Command Modes Command History • • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network From Duration Reuse Path h 77.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 00:00:03 00:00:00 d 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 00:00:25 00:30:44 200 i *> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 00:00:23 00:00:00 200 i Dell#*>n 66.66.77.77/32 0.0.0.
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip bgp inconsistent-as command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight.
Network Next Hop Metric *>n 11.11.11.11/32 0.0.0.0 *>n 22.22.22.22/32 0.0.0.0 I 32.32.32.32/32 60.0.0.2 I 32.32.33.33/32 60.0.0.2 *>n 33.33.33.33/32 0.0.0.0 *>n 33.33.44.55/32 0.0.0.0 *>n 44.44.44.44/32 0.0.0.0 *>I 55.55.0.0/16 72.1.1.2 *>I 55.55.55.55/32 72.1.1.2 *>I 55.55.66.66/32 72.1.1.2 *>a 66.66.0.0/16 0.0.0.0 *>n 66.66.66.77/32 0.0.0.0 *>n 66.66.77.77/32 0.0.0.
receivedroutes [network [network-mask] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords received-routes then either the network address (in dotted decimal format) or the network mask (in slash prefix format) to view all information received from neighbors. NOTE: Configure the neighbor softreconfiguration inbound command prior to viewing all the information received from the neighbors.
exception where neighbor information corresponding to ignored updates is displayed. BGP shows the exact information that is exchanged between the BGP peers. It also indicates whether or not this information is received by the BGP peer. The following describes the show ip bgp neighbors command shown in the following examples. The Lines Beginning with: Description BGP neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address and its AS number.
Example The Lines Beginning with: Description For address family: Displays the IPv4 Unicast as the address family. BGP table version Displays which version of the primary BGP routing table the router and the neighbor are using. accepted prefixes Displays the number of network prefixes the router accepts and the amount of memory used to process those prefixes.
CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 InQ : Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 OutQ : Added 0, Withdrawn 0 Allow local AS number 0 times in AS-PATH attribute Prefixes accepted 2, withdrawn 15 by peer, martian prefixes ignored 0 Prefixes advertised 0, denied 0, withdrawn 0 from peer Connections established 1; dropped 0 Last reset never Local host: 172.16.0.1, Local port: 58145 Foreign host: 172.16.0.
Usage Information Example Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp next-hop command shown in the following example. Field Description Next-hop Displays the next-hop IP address. Via Displays the IP address and interface used to reach the next hop. RefCount Displays the number of BGP routes using this next hop. Cost Displays the cost associated with using this next hop.
NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element. • { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. • $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string.
Example Dell#show ip bgp paths ? community Display community information extcommunity Display extended community information regexp Display path information based on a regular expression | Pipe through a command Dell#show ip bgp paths Total 2 Paths Refcount Metric Path 1 0 200 i 1 0 200 i show ip bgp paths community View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database.
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip bgp paths community command shown in the following example. Field Description Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored. Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored. Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using these communities. Community Displays the community attributes in this BGP path.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Added the add-path option to the S4810.
Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 172.16.0.2 Dell# Related Commands neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) — assigns a peer to a peer-group. neighbor peer-group (creating group) — creates a peer group. show ip bgp regexp Display the subset of the BGP routing tables matching the regular expressions specified.
Command Modes Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
*> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 0 200 i show ip bgp summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 unicast] summary vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view the status of all BGP connections corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes.
If two peers send the same route that contains similar path attributes, then two entries are maintained in the back-end, as both these entries have different nexthops. If this same route is sent to a different peer, an entry for each peer is created, as the next-hop is different. As a result, the BGP attributes count in the summary output will differ accordingly. The following describes the show ip bgp summary command shown in the following example.
Field Description represents the number of messages waiting to be sent to the peer group. Up/Down Displays the amount of time that the neighbor is in the Established stage. If the neighbor has never moved into the Established stage, the word never is displayed.
show running-config bgp To display the current BGP configuration, use this feature. S4820T Syntax show running-config bgp Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
holdtime Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between the last keepalive message and declaring the router dead. The range is from 3 to 65535. The default is 180 seconds. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.
To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv4 multicast dampening command. Parameters dampening Enter the keyword dampening to debug route flap dampening information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.
• local-distance = 200 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
d 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 00:36:23 200 Dell# BGP Extended Communities (RFC 4360) BGP Extended Communities, as defined in RFC 4360, is an optional transitive BGP attribute. BGP Extended Communities provides two major advantages over Standard Communities: • The range is extended from 4-octet (AA:NN) to 8-octet (Type:Value) to provide enough number communities.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z-9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Defaults none Command Modes ROUTE MAP (config-route-map) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the extcommunity-list. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
show ip bgp paths extcommunity To display all BGP paths having extended community attributes, use this feature. S4820T Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 9.0.2.
show ip extcommunity-list Display the IP extended community list. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip extcommunity-list [word] word Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.
clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast soft Clear and reapply policies for IPv6 unicast routes without resetting the TCP connection; that is, perform BGP soft reconfiguration. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp {* | as-number | ipv4-neighbor-addr | ipv6neighbor-addr | peer-group name} ipv6 unicast soft [in | out] * Clear and reapply policies for all BGP sessions. as-number Clear and reapply policies for all neighbors belonging to the AS.
debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debugging for IPv6 unicast routes. S4820T Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv4-address | ipv6-address | peer-group-name] ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ipv4-address | ipv6address | peer-group-name] ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration command. Parameters ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor on which you want to enable soft-reconfiguration debugging.
Parameters prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the specified BGP neighbor. BGP stores all updates for inbound IPv6 unicast routes the neighbor receives but does not reset the peer-session. CAUTION: Inbound update storage is a memory-intensive operation.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Content Addressable Memory (CAM) 11 Content addressable memory (CAM) commands are supported on the Dell Networking S4820T platform. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. WARNING: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance. CAM Profile Commands The CAM profiling feature allows you to partition the CAM to best suit your application.
validation for DHCP, Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) ACLs, OpenFlow, and Policy-based Routing (PBR).
Command Modes ecfmacl number Enter the keyword ecfmacacl and then the number of FP blocks for ECFM ACL. The range is from 0 to 5. Vman-qos| vman-dual-qos number Enter the keyword evman-qos and then the number of FP blocks for VMAN QoS. The range is from 0 to 6. vman-dual-qos number Enter the keyword vman-dual-qos and then the number of FP blocks for VMAN dual QoS. The range is from 0 to 4. Ipv4pbr number Enter the keyword ipv4pbr and then the number of FP blocks for ipv4pbr ACL.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for PBR and VRF. Version 9.2(0.2) Added support for fcoe. Version 9.1. (0.0) Added support for OpenFlow. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
cam-acl-egress Allocate CAM for egress ACLs. S4820T Syntax Parameters cam-acl-egress default | l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number default Reset egress CAM ACL entries to default settings. l2acl number Allocate space to each CAM region. The total space allocated must equal 4. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Example (S4820T Default) -- Chassis Cam ACL -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 128 entries L2Acl : 6 Ipv4Acl : 4 Ipv6Acl : 0 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 1 L2PT : 0 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 VmanDualQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 FcoeAcl : 0 iscsiOptAcl : 0 ipv4pbr : 0 vrfv4Acl : 0 Openflow : 0 fedgovacl : 0 -- Stack unit 0 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 128 entries L2Acl : 6 Ipv4Acl : 4 Ipv6Acl : 0 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 1 L2PT : 0 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 VmanDualQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 FcoeAcl : 0 iscsiOptAcl
Example (NonDefault) Dell#show cam-acl -- Chassis Cam ACL Current L2Acl : Ipv4Acl : Ipv6Acl : Ipv4Qos : L2Qos : L2PT : IpMacAcl : VmanQos : VmanDualQos: Ipv4pbr : -Settings(in block sizes) 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 0 -- Line card 4 -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 5 Ipv4Acl : 5 Ipv6Acl : 1 Ipv4Qos : 1 L2Qos : 1 L2PT : 0 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 VmanDualQos: 0 Ipv4pbr : 0 Dell# test cam-usage Verify that enough CAM space is available for the IPv6 ACLs you have created.
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced. This command applies to both IPv4 and IPv6 CAM Profiles, but is best used when verifying QoS optimization for IPv6 ACLs. QoS Optimization for IPv6 ACLs does not impact the CAM usage for applying a policy on a single (or the first of several) interfaces.
0 | 1 | IPv4Flow | 102 | 0| Allowed Dell# Usage Information Example (SSeries) The following describes the test cam-usage command shown in the Example below. Term Explanation Stack-Unit Lists the stack unit or units that are checked. Entering all shows the status for all stacks. Portpipe Lists the portpipe (port-set) or port pipes (port-sets) that are checked. Entering all shows the status for linecards and port-pipes in the chassis. CAM Partition Shows the CAM profile of the CAM.
Control Plane Policing (CoPP) 12 The CoPP commands are supported on the Dell Networking S4820T platform. control-plane-cpuqos To manage control-plane traffic, enter control-plane mode and configure the switch. S4820T Syntax control-plane-cpuqos Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Defaults Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information None vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable catch-all routes corresponding to that VRF. CONFIGURATION Version 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S–Series. Use this command to add the IPv4 catch-all route (0.0.0.0/0) in the LPM route forwarding table if it was deleted using the no ip unknown-unicast command previously. This will be the default configuration after reload.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONTROL-PLANE-CPUQOS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. This command applies the service-policy based on the type of protocol defined in the ACL rules. Create ACL and QoS policies prior to enabling this command. For CoPP, use the keyword cpu-qos when creating qos-policy-input. Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended IP ACL.
Version 8.3.8.0 Usage Information Introduced on the S4810. This command applies the service-policy based on the type of protocol defined in the ACL rules. Create ACL and QoS policies prior to enabling this command. Example Dell#show cpu-queue rate cp for 8 queue platform Service-Queue Rate (PPS) -------------- ----------Q0 1300 Q1 300 Q2 300 Q3 300 Q4 2000 Q5 400 Q6 400 Q7 1100 Dell# show ip protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for each configured protocol.
100 UDP (DHCP) UDP (DHCP-R) TCP (FTP) ICMP IGMP TCP (MSDP) UDP (NTP) OSPF PIM UDP (RIP) TCP (SSH) TCP (TELNET) VRRP Dell# 67/68 67 any any any any/639 any any any any any any any 68/67 67 21 any any 639/any 123 any any 520 22 23 any _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Q6/Q5 Q6 Q6 Q6 Q7 Q6 Q6 Q7 Q7 Q7 Q6 Q6 Q7 CP CP CP CP CP CP CP CP CP CP CP CP CP _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for each configured IPv6 protocol.
show mac protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for the MAC protocols. S4820T Syntax show mac protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
Data Center Bridging (DCB) 13 Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic. The Dell Networking operating software commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb priority-based flow control (PFC), 802.1Qaz enhanced transmission selection (ETS), and the data center bridging exchange (DCBX) protocol.
Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. By default, iSCSI is enabled on the unit and flow control is enabled on all of the interfaces or if link-level flow control is enabled on one or more interfaces.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. If you do not use the statistics parameter, both hardware and DCBx counters clear. dcb-input To apply pause or flow control for specified priorities using a configure delay time, create a DCB input policy.
Usage Information NOTE: Please note that Dell Networking does not recommended to use this command as it has been deprecated in the current 9.4.(0.0) release. A warning message appears when you try to run this command indicating that you have to use the dcb-map commands in the future. As soon as you apply a DCB policy with PFC enabled on an interface, DCBx starts exchanging information with PFC-enabled peers. The IEEE802.1Qbb, CEE, and CIN versions of PFC TLV are supported.
Version 8.3.16.0 Usage Information Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. NOTE: Please note that Dell Networking does not recommended to use this command as it has been deprecated in the current 9.4.(0.0) release. A warning message appears when you try to run this command indicating that you have to use the dcb-map commands in the future. If you apply an input policy with PFC disabled (no pfc mode on): • You can enable link-level flow control on the interface.
To remove only the DCB input policies applied to the specified switch, use the no dcb-policy input stack-unit command. Parameters stack-unit-id Enter the stack unit identification. dcb-inputpolicy-name Enter the policy name for the DCB input policy. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
dcb stack-unit {stack-unit-id | all} {pfc-buffering | unit stack-unit-id pfc-buffering} pfc-ports {1-64} pfc-queues {1-2} To remove the configuration for the PFC buffer on all port pipes in a specified stack unit, use the no dcb stack-unit {stack-unit-id | all} {pfcbuffering | unit stack-unit-id pfc-buffering} pfc-ports {1-64} pfc-queues {1-2} command. Parameters stack-unit-id Enter the stack unit identification. The range is from 0 to 5. pfc-ports {1-64} Enter the pfc-ports. The range is from 1 to 64.
description Enter a text description of the DCB policy (PFC input or ETS output). S4820T Syntax description text To remove the text description, use the no description command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History text Enter the description of the output policy. The maximum is 32 characters. none • • DCB INPUT POLICY DCB OUTPUT POLICY This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Defaults 45556 quantum Command Modes DCB INPUT POLICY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. NOTE: Please note that Dell Networking does not recommended to use this command as it has been deprecated in the current 9.4.(0.0) release. A warning message appears when you try to run this command indicating that you have to use the dcb-map commands in the future.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
Defaults none Command Modes DCB INPUT POLICY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
port-set number Enter the port-set number. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
Usage Information Version 9.2. (0.0) Down status messages added. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. To clear the PFC TLV counters, use the clear pfc counters interface port-type slot/port command. The following describes the show interface pfc summary command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Interface type with stack-unit and port number.
Example (Summary) Field Description State Machine Type Type of state machine used for DCBX exchanges of the PFC parameters: Feature — for legacy DCBX versions; Symmetric — for an IEEE version. TLV Tx Status Status of the PFC TLV advertisements: enabled or disabled. PFC Link Delay Link delay (in quanta) used to pause specified priority traffic. Application Priority TLV: FCOE TLV Tx Status Status of FCoE advertisements in application priority TLVs from the local DCBX port: enabled or disabled.
Oper status is Recommended PFC DCBX Oper status is Up State Machine Type is Feature TLV Tx Status is enabled PFC Link Delay 45556 pause quantams Application Priority TLV Parameters : -------------------------------------FCOE TLV Tx Status is disabled ISCSI TLV Tx Status is disabled Local FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Local ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x10 Remote FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Remote ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x8 Dell# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/49 pfc detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/49 Admin mode is
Example (Summary) Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
Usage Information Example (Summary) Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. NOTE: Please note that Dell Networking does not recommended to use this command as it has been deprecated in the current 9.4.(0.0) release. A warning message appears when you try to run this command indicating that you have to use the dcb-map commands in the future.
Example (Summary) Dell(conf)# show stack-unit all stack-ports all pfc details stack unit 0 stack-port all Admin mode is On Admin is enabled, Priority list is 4-5 Local is enabled, Priority list is 4-5 Link Delay 45556 pause quantum 0 Pause Tx pkts, 0 Pause Rx pkts stack unit 1 stack-port all Admin mode is On Admin is enabled, Priority list is 4-5 Local is enabled, Priority list is 4-5 Link Delay 45556 pause quantum 0 Pause Tx pkts, 0 Pause Rx pkts ETS Commands The following ETS commands are supported on t
Version 8.3.16.0 Usage Information Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. By default, equal bandwidth is assigned to each port queue and each dot1p priority in a priority group. To configure bandwidth amounts in associated dot1p queues, use the bandwidth-percentage command. When specified bandwidth is assigned to some port queues and not to others, the remaining bandwidth (100% minus assigned bandwidth amount) is equally distributed to unassigned non-strict priority queues in the priority group.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. dcb-enable Enable data center bridging. S4820T Syntax dcb enable[pfc-queues 1|4] To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. Parameters pfc-queues Enter the pfc-queue range. To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command.
• Related Commands Disable flow-control on all of the interfaces. dcb-policy input — applies the input policy with the PFC configuration to an ingress interface. dcb-output To associate an ETS configuration with priority traffic, create a DCB output policy. S4820T Syntax dcb-output policy-name To remove the ETS output policy globally, use the no dcb output policy-name command. Parameters policy-name Enter the DCB output policy name. The maximum is 32 alphanumeric characters.
Related Commands dcb-policy output — applies the output policy. dcb-policy output Apply the output policy with the ETS configuration to an egress interface. S4820T Syntax dcb-policy output policy-name To delete the output policy, use the no dcb-policy output command. Parameters policy-name Enter the output policy name. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
dcb-policy output stack-unit stack-ports all Apply the specified DCB output policy on all ports of the switch stack or a single stacked switch. S4820T Syntax dcb-policy output stack-unit {all | stack-unit-id} stack-ports all dcb-output-policy-name To remove all DCB output policies applied to the stacked ports, use the no dcbpolicy output stack-unit all command. To remove only the DCB output policies applied to the specified switch, use the no dcb-policy output stack-unit command.
Related Commands dcb-policy input stack-unit stack-ports all — applies the specified DCB input policy. description Enter a text description of the DCB policy (PFC input or ETS output). S4820T Syntax description text To remove the text description, use the no description command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History text Enter the description of the output policy. The maximum is 32 characters. none • • DCB INPUT POLICY DCB OUTPUT POLICY This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults ETS mode is on. Command Modes DCB OUTPUT POLICY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
Defaults none Command Modes PRIORITY-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information NOTE: Please note that Dell Networking does not recommended to use this command as it has been deprecated in the current 9.4.(0.0) release. A warning message appears when you try to run this command indicating that you have to use the dcb-map commands in the future. A priority group consists of 802.
Parameters group-name Enter the group name of the 802.1p priority group. The maximum is 32 characters. ets-policyname Enter the ETS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes DCB OUTPUT POLICY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.
To remove the QoS output policy, use the no qos-policy-output ets command. Parameters policy-name Enter the policy name. The maximum is 32 characters. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.
scheduler Configure the method used to schedule priority traffic in port queues. S4820T Syntax scheduler value To remove the configured priority schedule, use the no scheduler command. Parameters value Enter schedule priority value. The range: strict: strict-priority traffic is serviced before any other queued traffic. Defaults Weighted Elastic Round Robin (WERR) scheduling is used to queue priority traffic. Command Modes POLICY-MAP-OUT-ETS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
set-pgid Configure the priority-group identifier. S4820T Syntax set-pgid value To remove the priority group, use the no set-pgid command. Parameters value Enter the priority group identification. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults none Command Modes PRIORITY-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Parameters port-type slot/ port ets Enter the port-type slot and port ETS information. {summary | detail} Enter the keyword summary for a summary list of results or enter the keyword detail for a full list of results. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0,1,2 3 4,5,6,7 100% 0 % 0 % - ETS SP SP - Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco TLV Pkts, 0 Error Reco TLV Pkts Dell(conf-qos-policy-out-ets)#do sho int te 0/3 ets de Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/3 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is o
Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco TLV Pkts, 0 Error Reco TLV Pkts Dell(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/0 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100% ETS 1 0% ETS 2 0% ETS 3 0% ET
Pkts, 0 Error Traffic Class Pkts Example (Detail) Dell(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/0 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100% ETS 1 0% ETS 2 0% ETS 3 0% ETS 4 0% ETS 5 0% ETS 6 0% ETS 7 0% ETS Priority# 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters: ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : --------------
Pkts, 0 Error Traffic Class TLV Pkts show qos dcb-output Displays the ETS configuration in a DCB output policy. S4820T Syntax Parameters show qos dcb-output [ets-profile] [ets-profile] Enter the ETS profile. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example (Summary) Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
Example (Summary) Dell(conf)# show stack-unit all stack-ports all ets details Stack unit 0 stack port all Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 1 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters: -------------------Admin is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100% ETS 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 - 8 - Stack unit 1 stack port all Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 1 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters: --------------
Defaults Enabled Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. To disable TLV transmission, use the no form of the command; for example, no advertise dcbx-appln-tlv iscsi. advertise dcbx-tlv On a DCBX port with a manual role, configure the PFC and ETS TLVs advertised to DCBX peers.
Usage Information You can configure the transmission of more than one TLV type at a time; for example: advertise dcbx-tlv ets-conf ets-reco. You can enable ETS recommend TLVs (ets-reco) only if you enable ETS configuration TLVs (ets-conf). To disable TLV transmission, use the no form of the command; for example, no advertise dcbx-tlv pfc ets-reco. DCBX requires that you enable LLDP to advertise DCBX TLVs to peers. Configure DCBX operation at the INTERFACE level on a switch or globally on the switch.
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. DCBX requires that you enable LLDP to advertise DCBX TLVs to peers. Configure DCBX operation at the INTERFACE level on a switch or globally on the switch. To verify the DCBX configuration on a port, use the show interface dcbx detail command.
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. DCBX requires that you enable LLDP to advertise DCBX TLVs to peers. Configure DCBX operation at the INTERFACE level on a switch or globally on the switch. To verify the DCBX configuration on a port, use the show interface dcbx detail command. debug dcbx Enable DCBX debugging.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. fcoe priority-bits Configure the FCoE priority advertised for the FCoE protocol in application priority TLVs. S4820T Syntax fcoe priority-bits priority-bitmap To remove the configured FCoE priority, use the no fcoe priority-bits command. Parameters priority-bitmap Enter the priority-bitmap range.
iscsi priority-bits Configure the iSCSI priority advertised for the iSCSI protocol in application priority TLVs. S4820T Syntax iscsi priority-bits priority-bitmap To remove the configured iSCSI priority, use the no iscsi priority-bits command. Parameters priority-bitmap Enter the priority-bitmap range. The range is from 1 to FF. Defaults 0x10 Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2. (0.0) Down status messages added. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
Example 568 Field Description Local DCBX Status: DCBX Operational Version DCBX version advertised in Control TLVs. Local DCBX Status: DCBX Max Version Supported Highest DCBX version supported in Control TLVs. Local DCBX Status: Sequence Number Sequence number transmitted in Control TLVs. Local DCBX Status: Acknowledgment Number Acknowledgement number transmitted in Control TLVs. Local DCBX Status: Protocol State Current operational state of the DCBX protocol: ACK or INSYNC.
E-ETS Configuration TLV enabled e-ETS Configuration TLV disabled R-ETS Recommendation TLV enabled r-ETS Recommendation TLV disabled P-PFC Configuration TLV enabled p-PFC Configuration TLV disabled F-Application priority for FCOE enabled f-Application Priority for FCOE disabled I-Application priority for iSCSI enabled i-Application Priority for iSCSI disabled ----------------------------------------------------------Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/49 Remote Mac Address 00:00:00:00:00:11 Port Role is Auto-Upst
Step Task Command Command Mode 1 Enter global configuration mode to create a DCB map or edit PFC and ETS settings. dcb-map name CONFIGURATION 2 Configure the PFC setting (on or off) and the ETS bandwidth percentage allocated to traffic in each priority group, or whether the priority group traffic should be handled with strict priority scheduling. You can enable PFC on a maximum of two priority queues on an interface. Enabling PFC for dot1p priorities makes the corresponding port queue lossless.
ETS settings, and apply the new map to the interfaces to override the previous DCB map settings. Then, delete the original dot1p priority-priority group mapping. If you delete the dot1p priority-priority group mapping (no priority pgid command) before you apply the new DCB map, the default PFC and ETS parameters are applied on the interfaces. This change may create a DCB mismatch with peer DCB devices and interrupt network operation.
Step Task Command Command Mode fortygigabitEthernet slot/port} 2 Enable PFC on specified priorities. Range: 0-7. Default: None. INTERFACE pfc priority priority-range Maximum number of lossless queues supported on an Ethernet port: 2. Separate priority values with a comma. Specify a priority range with a dash, for example: pfc priority 3,5-7 1.
Step Task Command Command Mode 5 Apply the DCB map, created to disable the PFC operation, on the interface dcb-map {name | default} INTERFACE 6 Configure the port queues that still function as no-drop queues for lossless traffic. For the dot1p-queue assignments. pfc no-drop queuesqueue-range INTERFACE The maximum number of lossless queues globally supported on a port is 2.
dcb-map Create a DCB map to configure priority flow control (PFC) and enhanced transmission selection (ETS) on Ethernet ports that support converged Ethernet traffic. Apply the DCB map to an Ethernet interface. Syntax Parameters dcb-map map-name map-name Enter a DCB map name. The maximum number of alphanumeric characters is 32. Defaults None. There are no pre-configured PFC and ETS settings on S5000 Ethernet interfaces.
Parameters dot1p0_groupnum Enter the priority group number for each 802.1p class of traffic in a DCB map. dot1p1_groupnum dot1p2_groupnum dot1p3_groupnum dot1p4_groupnum dot1p5_groupnum dot1p6_groupnum dot1p7_groupnum Defaults None Command Modes DCB MAP Command History Usage Information Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S6000 platforms. PFC and ETS settings are not pre-configured on Ethernet ports. You must use the dcb-map command to configure different groups of 802.
pfc mode on Enable the PFC configuration on the port so that the priorities are included in DCBX negotiation with peer PFC devices. Syntax pfc mode on To disable the PFC configuration, use the no pfc mode on command. Defaults PFC mode is on. Command Modes DCB MAP Command History Usage Information Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch with the FC Flex IO module. By applying a DCB input policy with PFC enabled, you enable PFC operation on ingress port traffic.
bandwidth percentage Enter the keyword bandwidth followed by a bandwidth percentage allocated to the priority group. The range of valid values is 1 to 100. The sum of all allocated bandwidth percentages in priority groups in a DCB map must be 100%. strict-priority Configure the priority-group traffic to be handled with strict priority scheduling. Strict-priority traffic is serviced first, before bandwidth allocated to other priority groups is made available.
dcb-map stack-unit all stack-ports all Apply the specified DCB map on all ports of the switch stack. Syntax dcb-map stack-unit all stack-ports all dcb-map-name To remove the PFC and ETS settings in a DCB map from all stack units, use the no dcb-map stack-unit all stack-ports all command. Parameters dcb-mapname Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.3(0.0) Enter the name of the DCB map. Introduced on the S4810 and S6000 platforms.
Usage Information Use the show qos dcb-map command to display the enhanced transmission selection (ETS) and priority-based flow control (PFC) parameters used to configure server-facing Ethernet ports. S5000 Ethernet ports are DCBx-enabled by default. The following table describes the show qos dcb-map output shown in the example below. Example Field Description State Complete: All mandatory DCB parameters are correctly configured. In progress: The DCB map configuration is not complete.
dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size Configure the maximum amount of shared buffer size for PFC packets in kilobytes. This utility is supported on the S4820T platform. You must configure the shared buffer size to be less than the total PFC buffer size.
dcb-buffer-threshold Configure the profile name for the DCB buffer threshold. This utility is supported on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms. S4820T Syntax Parameters dcb buffer—threshold profile-name profile-name Enter the name of the profile, which can be a string of up to 32 characters in length. Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms.
resume-offset Buffer offset limit for resuming in KB thresholdvalue Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 1 to 7787. The default is 10 KB. sharedthresholdweight Buffer shared threshold weight size Weightage of the priorities on the shared buffer size in the system. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 9. The default shared threshold weight is 10. Default The default size of the ingress buffer is 45 KB.
Parameters policy-name Name of the QoS policy buffer that is applied to an interface for this setting to be effective in conjunction with the DCB input policy. You can specify the shared buffer threshold limit, the ingress buffer size, buffer limit for pausing the acceptance of packets, and the buffer offset limit for resuming the acceptance of received packets.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and MXL platforms. You must apply this buffer policy at the interface level for the attributes to be applicable in conjunction with the DCB input policy. For each QoS policy buffer, you can specify the shared buffer threshold limit, the ingress buffer size, buffer limit for pausing the acceptance of packets, and the buffer offset limit for resuming the acceptance of received packets.
Command Modes Command History INTERFACE mode Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms. Usage Information You can configure up to a maximum of four lossless (PFC) queues. By configuring four lossless queues, you can configure four different priorities and assign a particular priority to each application that your network is used to process.
thresholds for the buffer. This method of configuration enables you to effectively manage and administer the behavior of lossless queues. Example Dell(conf)# dcb-policy buffer-threshold stack-unit all stackports all test show qos dcb-buffer-threshold Displays the DCB buffer threshold assigned to a QoS policy. This command is supported on the platform.
show hardware stack-unit buffer-stats-snapshot (With Polling and History) View the buffer statistics tracking resource information with polling details and historical snapshots. This command is supported on the platform. Syntax Parameters show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource X history Y stack-unit number Unique ID of the stack unit to select a particular stack member and then enter one of the following command options to display a collection of data based on the option entered.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. When you enter the “instance all” option, “show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-statssnapshot unit 0 resource X” Output for all available instances on the history collection is displayed. When you enter the “instance id" option, “show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-statssnapshot unit 0 resource X” for specified instance alone is displayed.
0 0 3 If only two instances are available at the time the above show command is issued, only two instances will be displayed in the summary output.
--------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 1 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 5 (inter
UCAST 11 0 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 <… snip …> Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 104 (interface Te 0/124) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCA
UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST Dell# 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 To examine the port that is congested and monitor all multicast queues on that port: Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 1 queue mcast all Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------MCAST
To identify the port that is congested and monitor all the priority groups on that particular port: Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 1 prio all Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 Dell# To determine the specific priority group, unicast or multicast queue that is congested and monitor that queue separ
disable and re-enable DCB. For example, if you modify the total buffer size to be 4000 KB from the previous size of 5000 KB, an error message is displayed that this reduction cannot be performed owing to existing system configuration because of queues that are being currently processed. The lossless queue limit per port is validated based on the dcb pfc-queues command. PFC queue configuration identifies the maximum number of queues a port can support.
pfc priority 0 buffer-size pfc priority 3 buffer-size ! dcb-buffer-threshold test2 pfc priority 0 buffer-size ! dcb-buffer-threshold test3 pfc priority 0 buffer-size threshold 30 40 50 80 pause-threshold 50 80 pause-threshold 60 resume- On interface on which PFC is enabled: Show interface tengigabitethernet 0/0 pfc buffer-threshold -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Queue# Lossless Buffer-size Pause-threshold Resumeoffset Shared threshold (KB) (KB) (
Field Description resume-threshold-value Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB. shared threshold weight Weightage of the priorities on the shared buffer size in the system. dcb pfc-queues Configure the number of PFC queues. This utility is supported on the and platforms. Syntax Parameters dcb pfc-queues value value Enter the number of PFC queues in the range of 0 through 4. The number of ports supported based on lossless queues configured will depend on the buffer.
Debugging and Diagnostics 14 The basic debugging and diagnostic commands are supported by the Dell Networking Operating System (OS) on the S4820T platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • Offline Diagnostic Commands • Buffer Tuning Commands • Hardware Commands Offline Diagnostic Commands The offline diagnostics test suite is useful for isolating faults and debugging hardware. While tests are running, Dell Networking OS results are saved as a text file (TestReport-SU-X.
verify the identification registers of the components on the board. level1 Enter the keyword Level1 to run Level 1 diagnostics. Level 1 diagnostics is a smaller set of diagnostic tests with support for automatic partitioning. They perform status/self test for all the components on the board and test their registers for appropriate values. In addition, they perform extensive tests on memory devices (for example, SDRAM, flash, NVRAM, EEPROM, and CPLD) wherever possible. There are no tests on 10G links.
offline stack-unit Place a stack unit in the offline state. S4820T Syntax Parameters offline stack-unit number number Enter the stack-unit id. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
online stack-unit Place a stack unit in the online state. S4820T Syntax Parameters online stack-unit number number Enter the stack-unit number. The S4820T range is from 0 to 11. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.
Buffer Tuning Commands The following sections detail the buffer tuning commands. WARNING: Altering the buffer allocations is a sensitive operation. Do not use any buffer tuning commands without first contacting the Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC). buffer-profile (Configuration) Create a buffer profile that can be applied to an interface.
Usage Information The buffer-profile global command fails if you have already applied a custom buffer-profile on an interface. Similarly, when you configure bufferprofile global, you cannot not apply buffer-profile on any interface. If the default buffer-profile is active, Dell Networking OS displays an error message instructing you to remove the default configuration using the no bufferprofile global command. Reload the system for the global buffer-profile to take effect.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. show hardware stack-unit — displays the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member. hardware watchdog To trigger a reboot and restart the system, set the watchdog timer.
Parameters eg-acl | in-acl Enter either the keyword eg-acl or the keyword in-acl to select between ingress or egress ACL data. stack-unit id Enter the keyword stack-unit to select a stack ID. The range is 0 to 11 for the S4820T. port-set 0–0 Enter the keywords port-set with a port-pipe number. . The range is 0 for the S4820T. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
cpu management statistics Enter the keywords cpu management statistics to display the counters of the management port. cpu party-bus statistics Enter the keywords cpu party-bus statistics, to display the Management plane input/output counter statistics of the pseudo party bus interface. drops [unit unit-number [port portnumber | no]] Enter the keyword drops to display internal drops on the selected stack member. Enter the drops keyword to display internal drops on the selected stack member.
Version 8.3.11.4 Added user port information. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Example (Drops Unit, Port) Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 drops unit 1 port 27 --- Ingress Drops --Ingress Drops : 0 IBP CBP Full Drops : 0 PortSTPnotFwd Drops : 0 IPv4 L3 Discards : 0 Policy Discards : 0 Packets dropped by FP : 0 (L2+L3) Drops : 0 Port bitmap zero Drops : 0 Rx VLAN Drops : 0 --- Ingress MAC counters--Ingress FCSDrops : 0 Ingress MTUExceeds : 0 --- MMU Drops --HOL DROPS : 0 TxPurge CellErr : 0 Aged Drops : 0 --- Egress MAC counters--Egress FCS Drops : 0 --- Egress FORWARD PROCESSOR Drops
hg3 down 10G FD 0 Dell# Example (Register) 610 SW No Forward None F XGMII 16360 Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 unit 1 register 0x0068003c AGINGCTRMEMDEBUG.mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x0068003d AGINGEXPMEMDEBUG.mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x00680017 ASFCONFIG.mmu0 = 0x0000000e 0x0060004c ASFPORTSPEED.ge0 = 0x00000000 0x0060104c ASFPORTSPEED.ge1 = 0x00000000 0x0060204c ASFPORTSPEED.ge2 = 0x00000000 0x0060304c ASFPORTSPEED.ge3 = 0x00000000 0x0060404c ASFPORTSPEED.ge4 = 0x00000000 0x0060504c ASFPORTSPEED.
0x0e719102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.hg1 = 0x00000000 0x0e71a102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.hg2 = 0x00000000 0x0e71b102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.hg3 = 0x00000000 0x0e71c102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.cpu0 = 0x00000000 0x0b700001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge0 = 0x00000000 0x0b701001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge1 = 0x00000000 0x0b702001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge2 = 0x00000000 0x0b703001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge3 = 0x00000000 0x0b704001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge4 = 0x00000000 0x0b705001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge5 = 0x00000000 0x0b706001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.
The linkStatus of Front End Port 20 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 21 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 22 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 23 is TRUE The linkStatus of Hg Port 24 is TRUE The linkStatus of Hg Port 25 is TRUE The linkStatus of Hg Port 26 is FALSE The linkStatus of Hg Port 27 is FALSE !------------------ output truncated ---------------! Example (Total-Buffer) Dell(conf)#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer total-buffer Example (Buffer-Info) Dell(conf)#sh hardware
queue the packet takes as it dumps the raw system flow tables. stack-unit id Enter the keywords stack-unit to select a stack member ID. The range is 0 to 11 for the S4820T. port-set number [counters] Enter the keywords port-set with a port-pipe number. The range is 0 to 0 for the S4820T. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword counters to display hit counters for the selected ACL or QoS option. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
3 2 1 25 Dell# Example L2DLF Packets L2UCAST Packets L2BCASTPackets 0 0 0 param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CosQCpuNew, param0=7(0x07), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CopyToCpu, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=UpdateCounter, param0=1(0x01), param1=0(0x00)}, meter=NULL, counter={idx=1, mode=0x01, entries=1} ############## FP Entry for redirecting LACP traffic to CPU Port ############ EID 2045: gid=1, slice=15, slice_idx=0x02, prio=0x7fd, flags=0x82, Installed tcam: color_indep=0, higig=0, higig_mask
action={act=UpdateCounter, param0=1(0x01), param1=0(0x00)}, !--------- output truncated -----------------! Debugging and Diagnostics 615
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) 15 Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine. The Dell Networking operating system supports the basic DHCP commands on the S4820T platform.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
default-router Assign a default gateway to clients based on the address pool. S4820T Syntax Parameters default-router address [address2...address8] address Enter a list of routers that may be the default gateway for clients on the subnet. You may specify up to eight routers. List them in order of preference. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. dns-server Assign a DNS server to clients based on address pool. S4820T Syntax Parameters dns-server address [address2...address8] address Enter a list of DNS servers that may service clients on the subnet. You may list up to eight servers, in order of preference.
Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. hardware-address For manual configurations, specify the client hardware address. S4820T Syntax Parameters hardware-address address address Enter the hardware address of the client. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. lease Specify a lease time for the addresses in a pool. S4820T Syntax Parameters lease {days [hours] [minutes] | infinite} days Enter the number of days of the lease. The range is from 0 to 31. hours Enter the number of hours of the lease. The range is from 0 to 23.
netbios-name-server Specify the NetBIOS Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) name servers, in order of preference, that are available to Microsoft Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) clients. S4820T Syntax Parameters netbios-name-server address [address2...address8] address Enter the address of the NETBIOS name server. You may enter up to eight, in order of preference. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
pool Create an address pool. S4820T Syntax Parameters pool name name Enter the address pool’s identifying name. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp configuration Display the DHCP configuration. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp configuration [global | pool name] pool name Display the configuration for a DHCP pool. global Display the DHCP configuration for the entire system. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.
Related Commands arp inspection — enables dynamic ARP inspection on a VLAN. clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table. S4820T Syntax clear ip dhcp snooping binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Networking OS version 8.2.1.0 extends DHCP Snooping to Layer 2. You do not have to enable relay agent to snoop on Layer 2 interfaces. ip dhcp snooping binding Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table. S4820T Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp snooping binding mac address vlan-id vlan-id ip ip-address interface type slot/port lease number mac address Enter the keyword mac then the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IP address.
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp snooping database Delay writing the binding table for a specified time.
ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. S4820T Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable the IP Source Guard. S4820T Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation [ipmac] ipmac Enable IP+MAC Source Address Validation. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ip dhcp relay information-option Enable Option 82. S4820T Syntax Parameters ip dhcp relay information-option [trust-downstream] [vpn] trustdownstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router. vpn Enter the keyword vpn to add VPN/VRF related sub-option to relay agent information Option 82. NOTE: Adds the VPN/VRF related sub-options into the relay agent information option(82).
ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Validate a DHCP packet’s source hardware address against the client hardware address field (CHADDR) in the payload. S4820T Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.4. (0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information Use this command on the interfaces where the DHCP clients are connected to forward the packets from clients to DHCP server and vice-versa.
Commands to Configure DNS To configure the Domain Names Systems (DNS) on the system, use the following commands: clear host Removes one or all dynamically learned host table entries for a specific VRF. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear host [vrf vrf-name] {* | host-name} vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the key word vrf and then the name of the VRF to delete dynamically learned host table entries corresponding to that VRF.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the key word vrf and then the name of the VRF to configure the domain corresponding to that VRF. name Enter the name of the domain to be appended to the in complete DNS requests corresponding to the specified VRF. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version 9.4. (0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information Use this command to add domain names to the DNS lists corresponding to a specific VRF. You can add up to a maximum of six domain names to the DNS list corresponding to a VRF. This domain is used to complete the unqualified host names. Example Dell(conf)#ip domain-list Dell(conf)#ip domain-list vrf jay dell.com vrf jay force10.
ip name-server Configures the name server IP addresses for VRF. Using this command, you can configure up to a maximum of six IP addresses per VRF. S4820T Syntax ip name-server [vrf vrf-name] ip-address [ip-address2] [ipaddress3] [ip-address4] [ip-address5] [ip-address6] To undo the name server ip address configuration for VRF, use the no ip nameserver [vrf vrf-name] ip-address command.
Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) 16 Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) is supported on the Dell Networking S4820T platform. ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. A system log is generated when the standard deviation of traffic distribution on a member link exceeds a defined threshold. S4820T Syntax ecmp-group {ecmp-group-id interface interface | link-bundlemonitor} To remove the selected interface, use the ecmp-group no interface command.
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Using CONFIGURATION mode, create an ECMP group ID. You can then assign interfaces to the ECMP group using CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP mode. You can also enable on the port-channel configuration using the CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP command mode.
ecmp crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | crcupper | dest-ip | lsb | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16 hg {crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16} stack-unit stack-unitnumber | portset port-pipe TeraScale and ExaScale Only: Enter the keyword ecmp then one of the following options: • crc16: Use CRC16_BISYNC — 16 bit CRC16-bisync polynomial (default) • crc16cc: Use CRC16_CCITT — 16 bit CRC16 using CRC16-CCITT polynomial • crc32MSB: Use CRC32_UPPER — MSB 16 bits of
Enter the keywords port-set port-pipe then the port pipe number. The range is from 0 to 5. hg-seed seedvalue stackunit Z-Series only: Enter the keywords hg-seed then the hash algorithm seed value. The range is from 0 to 2147483646. Enter the keywords stack-unit then the stack unit number. The range is from 0 to 7. Enter the keywords port-set then the stack-unit port-pipe number. The range is from 0 to 5. lag hash algorithm Z-Series only: Enter the keywords hg-seed . The range is from 0 to 47.
Version 7.7.1.1 Usage Information Added the nh-ecmp option. To ensure that CRC is not used for LAG, set the default hash-algorithm method on ExaScale systems. For example,hash-algorithm ecmp xor lag checksum nh-ecmp checksum. The hash value calculated with the hash-algorithm command is unique to the entire chassis. The hash algorithm command with the stack—unit option changes the hash for a particular stack—unit by applying the mask specified in the IPSA and IPDA fields.
hash-algorithm ecmp Change the hash algorithm used to distribute traffic flows across an ECMP (equal-cost multipath routing) group. S4820T Term heading Description heading Syntax hash-algorithm ecmp {crc-upper} | {dest-ip} | {lsb} To return to the default hash algorithm, use the no hash-algorithm ecmp command. Parameters Defaults crc-upper Uses the upper 32 bits of the key for the hash computation. The default is crc-lower. dest-ip Uses the destination IP for ECMP hashing. The default is enabled.
Term heading Description heading various test scenarios, but if the default algorithm does not provide satisfactory distribution of traffic, use this command to designate another algorithm. When a member leaves or is added to the ECMP group, the hash algorithm is recalculated to balance traffic across the members. hash-algorithm seed Select the seed value for the ECMP, LAG, and NH hashing algorithm.
FTOS provides a CLI-based solution for modifying the hash seed to ensure that on each configured system, the ECMP selection is same. When configured, the same seed is set for ECMP, LAG, and NH, and is used for incoming traffic only. NOTE: While the seed is stored separately on each port-pipe, the same seed is used across all CAMs. You cannot separate LAG and ECMP but you can use different algorithms across the chassis with the same seed.
Related Commands show ip cam stack-unit – Display content-addressable memory (CAM) entries for an S-Series switch. link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold Provides a mechanism to set the threshold to trigger when traffic distribution begins being monitored on an ECMP link bundle. S4820T Syntax link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold [percent] To exit from ecmp group mode, use the exit command.
Command Modes Command History • ECMP-GROUP • PORT-CHANNEL INTERFACE This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810.
show link-bundle distribution Display the link-bundle distribution for the interfaces in the bundle, type of bundle (LAG or ECMP), and the most recently calculated interface utilization (either bytes per second rate or maximum rate) for each interface. S4820T Syntax show link-bundle-distribution Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
FIPS Cryptography 17 To configure federal information processing standards (FIPS) cryptography, use the following commands on the S4820T platform. fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. S4820T Syntax [no] fips mode enable To disable the FIPS cryptography mode, use the no fips mode enable command.
show fips status Displays the status of the FIPS mode. S4820T Syntax show fips status Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Example Dell #show fips status FIPS Mode: Enabled Dell# Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. Dell #show ip ssh SSH server SSH server version Password Authentication Hostbased Authentication RSA Authentication Vty Encryption 1 3des-cbc 2 3des-cbc : enabled. : v1 and v2. : enabled. : disabled. : disabled. HMAC Remote IP hmac-md5 10.1.20.48 hmac-md5 10.1.20.48 With FIPS Mode enabled: Dell #show ip ssh SSH server : enabled. SSH server version : v2. Password Authentication : enabled.
-c encryption cipher Enter the following encryption cipher to use. (For v2 clients only.) Without the FIPS mode enabled: • 3des-cbc: Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher. With the FIPS mode enabled: • aes128–cbc: Force ssh to use the aes128–cbc encryption cipher. • aes256–cbc: Force ssh to use the aes256–cbc encryption cipher. -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword —l then the user name used in this SSH session. The default is the user name of the user associated with the terminal.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Usage Information Version 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. ip ssh server Configure an SSH server.
aes256-cbc Force ssh to use aes256-cbc encryption cipher Dell#ssh 10.11.8.
18 FCoE Transit To enable the FCoE Transit feature and configure FIP snooping, use the following Dell Networking Operating System commands on the S4820T platform. In a converged Ethernet network, a switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on FIP packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs).
clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface port-type port/slot | interface port-channel portchannel-number] vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared. port-type port/ slot Enter the port-type and slot number of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared.
ifm Enter the keyword ifm for IFM-specific debugging. info Enter the keyword info for information-specific debugging. ipc Enter the keyword ipc for IPC-specific debugging. tx Enter the keyword tx for packet transmit-specific debugging. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
• interface vlan-discovery — Enter the keywords vlandiscovery to enable debugging on VLAN requests and notifications. Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. fip-snooping enable Enable FIP snooping on all VLANs or on a specified VLAN. S4820T Syntax fip-snooping enable To disable the FIP snooping feature on all or a specified VLAN, use the no fipsnooping enable command. Defaults Command Modes Command History FIP snooping is disabled on all VLANs. • • CONFIGURATION VLAN INTERFACE This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters fc-map-value Enter the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses. The range is from 0EFC00 to 0EFCFF. Defaults 0x0EFC00 Command Modes • CONFIGURATION • VLAN INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.
fip-snooping port-mode fcf Configure the port for bridge-to-FCF links. S4820T Syntax fip-snooping port-mode fcf To disable the bridge-to-FCF link on a port, use the no fip-snooping portmode fcf command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.
Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. The maximum number of FCoE VLANs supported on the switch is eight. show fip-snooping config Display the FIP snooping status and configured FC-MAP values. S4820T Syntax show fip-snooping config Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show fip-snooping enode Display information on the ENodes in FIP-snooped sessions, including the ENode interface and MAC address, FCF MAC address, VLAN ID and FC-ID. S4820T Syntax Parameters show fip-snooping enode [enode-mac-address] enode-macaddress Enter the MAC address of the ENodes to display. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show fip-snooping fcf Display information on the FCFs in FIP-snooped sessions, including the FCF interface and MAC address, FCF interface, VLAN ID, FC-MAP value, FKA advertisement period, and number of ENodes connected. S4820T Syntax Parameters show fip-snooping fcf [fcf-mac-address] fcf-macaddress Enter the MAC address of the FCF to display. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
54:7f:ee:37:34:40 Po 22 2 100 0e:fc:00 4000 show fip-snooping statistics Display statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all interfaces, including VLANs, physical ports, and port channels. S4820T Syntax Parameters show fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface port-type port/slot | interface port-channel portchannel-number] vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics displays.
Field Description Number of Multicast Discovery Solicits Number of FIP-snoop multicast discovery solicit frames received on the interface. Number of Unicast Discovery Solicits Number of FIP-snoop unicast discovery solicit frames received on the interface. Number of FLOGI Number of FIP-snoop FLOGI request frames received on the interface. Number of FDISC Number of FIP-snoop FDISC request frames received on the interface.
Example Field Description Number of VN Port Session Timeouts Number of VN port session timeouts that occurred on the interface. Number of Session failures due to Hardware Config Number of session failures due to hardware configuration that occurred on the interface.
Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of Multicast Discovery Solicits :0 Unicast Discovery Solicits :0 FLOGI :0 FDISC :0 FLOGO :0 Enode Keep Alive :0 VN Port Keep Alive :0 Multicast Discovery Advertisement :4451 Unicast Discovery Advertisement :2 FLOGI Accepts :2 FLOGI Rejects :0 FDISC Accepts :16 FDISC Rejects :0 FLOGO Accepts :0 FLOGO Rejects :0 CVL :0 FCF
show fip-snooping vlan Display information on the FCoE VLANs on which FIP snooping is enabled. S4820T Syntax show fip-snooping vlan Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.
Version 8.3.12.0 676 Introduced on the S4810.
19 Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) Force10 resilient ring protocol (FRRP) is supported on Dell Networking S4820T platform. FRRP is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a highspeed token across a ring to verify the link status.
Usage Information Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. Dell Networking OS requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
detail Enter the keyword detail to display detailed debug information related to the entire ring protocol packets. ring-id (Optional) Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255. count number Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 65534. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced.
interface Configure the primary, secondary, and control-vlan interfaces. S4820T Syntax interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} To return to the default, use the no interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} command.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information This command causes the Ring Manager to take ownership of the two ports after IFM validates the configuration.
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. mode Set the Master or Transit mode of the ring. S4820T Syntax mode {master | transit} To reset the mode, use the no mode {master | transit} command. Parameters master Enter the keyword master to set the Ring node to Master mode. transit Enter the keywordtransit to set the Ring node to Transit mode.
protocol frrp Enter the Resilient Ring Protocol and designate a ring identification. S4820T Syntax protocol frrp {ring-id} To exit the ring protocol, use the no protocol frrp {ring-id} command. Parameters ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view just a summarized version of the Ring configuration. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
Primary : GigabitEthernet 0/16 State: Forwarding Secondary: Port-channel 100 State: Blocking Control Vlan: 1 Ring protocol Timers: Hello-Interval 50 msec Dead-Interval 150 msec Ring Master's MAC Address is 00:01:e8:13:a3:19 Topology Change Statistics: Tx:110 Rx:45 Hello Statistics: Tx:13028 Rx:12348 Number of state Changes: 34 Member Vlans: 1000-1009 Dell# Example (2 Summary) Dell#show frrp 2 summary Related Commands protocol frrp — enters the resilient ring protocol and designate a ring identification.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) 20 The Dell Networking operating system supports the basic GVRP commands on the S4820T platform. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes.
• VLANs created dynamically with GVRP exist only as long as a GVRP-enabled device is sending updates. If the devices no longer send updates, or GVRP is disabled, or the system is rebooted, all dynamic VLANs are removed. • GVRP manages the active topology, not non-topological data such as VLAN protocols. If a local bridge must classify and analyze packets by VLAN protocols, manually configure protocol-based VLANs, and simply rely on GVRP for VLAN updates.
Related Commands show gvrp statistics — displays the GVRP statistics. debug gvrp Enable debugging on GVRP. S4820T Syntax debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} To disable debugging, use the no debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} command. Parameters config Enter the keyword config to enable debugging on the GVRP configuration. event Enter the keyword event to enable debugging on the JOIN/ LEAVE events.
disable Globally disable GVRP. S4820T Syntax disable To re-enable GVRP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100. leave Enter the keyword leave then the number of milliseconds to configure the leave time. The range is from 100 to 2147483647 milliseconds. The default is 600 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100. leave-all Enter the keywords leave-all then the number of milliseconds to configure the leave-all time. The range is from 100 to 2147483647 milliseconds. The default is 1000 milliseconds.
gvrp enable Enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. S4820T Syntax gvrp enable To disable GVRP on the interface, use the no gvrp enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.
Defaults normal Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series disable — globally disables GVRP. show config Display the global GVRP configuration.
show garp timers Display the GARP timer settings for sending GARP messages. S4820T Syntax show garp timers Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
show gvrp statistics Display the GVRP configuration statistics. S4820T Syntax Parameters show gvrp statistics {interface interface | summary} interface interface summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface then one of the interface keywords and slot/ port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
• Example An entry for a new GVRP VLAN could not be created in the GVRP database.
High Availability (HA) 21 High availability (HA) in the Dell Networking operating software is configuration synchronization to minimize recovery time in the event of a route processor module (RPM) failure. The feature is available on the S4820T platform. In general, a protocol is defined as “hitless” in the context of an RPM failure/failover and not failures of a line card, SFM, or power module. A protocol is defined as hitless if an RPM failover has no impact on the protocol.
identifies that this patch applies to Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.0 — E-Series platform, for RP2, addressing the layer 2 management process, and this patch is the first version of this patch. There is no need to reload or reboot the system when you insert the patch. The InService Modular patch replaces the existing process code. After installation is complete, the system executes the patch code as though it was always there.
Related Commands show processes restartable redundancy auto-failover-limit Specify an auto-failover limit for RPMs. When a non-recoverable fatal error is detected, an automatic RPM failover occurs. This command does not affect user-initiated (manual) failovers. S4820T Syntax redundancy auto-failover-limit [count number [period minutes] | period minutes]] To disable the auto-failover limit control, use the no redundancy autofailover-limit command.
Usage Information If you disable auto failover, enter the redundancy auto-failover-limit (without any parameters) to set auto failover to the default parameters (Count 3, Period 60 minutes). To view the redundancy status, use the show redundancy command. When you change one or both of the optional parameters, Dell Networking OS checks that the interval between auto failovers is more than five (5) minutes. If the interval is less, Dell Networking OS returns a configuration error message.
Usage Information Enabling this command keeps the failed RPM in the failed state. If there are two RPMs in the system, enabling this command prevents the failed RPM from becoming a working Standby RPM. If there is only one RPM in the system, the failed RPM does not recover and affects the system. redundancy force-failover Force the secondary stack unit to become the primary stack unit.
redundancy primary Set an RPM as the primary RPM. S4820T Syntax redundancy primary [rpm0 | rpm1] To delete a configuration, use the no redundancy primary command. Parameters rpm0 Enter the keyword rpm0 to set the RPM in slot R0 as the primary RPM. rpm1 Enter the keyword rpm1 to set the RPM in slot R1 as the primary RPM. Default The RPM in slot R0 is the Primary RPM. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters lacp Enter the keyword lacp to make LACP hitless. xstp Enter the keyword xstp to invoke hitless STP (all STP modes — MSTP, PVST+, RSTP, and STP). Default Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. redundancy sfm standby Place the SFM in an offline state. S4820T Syntax redundancy sfm standby To place the SFM in an online state, use the no redundancy sfm standby command. Default The SFM is online by default.
-- Switch Fabric Modules -Slot Status -------------------------------------0 active 1 active Dell#configure Dell(conf)#redundancy sfm standby Taking secondary SFM offline... ! Dell(conf)#do show sfm all Switch Fabric State: up -- Switch Fabric Modules -Slot Status ----------------------------------------0 active 1 standby Dell(conf)#no redundancy sfm Taking secondary SFM online...
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.
show processes restartable Display the processes and tasks configured for restartability. S4820T Syntax Parameters show processes restartable [history] history Display the last time the restartable processes crashed. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 712 Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
Field Description • the parameter for auto failover limit control (the redundancy auto-failover-limit command) • RPM Failover Record Last Data Sync Record Displays the following information: • RPM failover counter (to reset the counter, use the redundancy reset-counter command) • the time and date of the last RPM failover • the reason for the last RPM failover Displays the data sync information and the timestamp for the data sync: • Start-up Config is the contents of the startup-config file.
ACL Mgr: LACP: STP: SPAN: no no no no block block block block sync sync sync sync done done done done Dell# Example Dell#show redundancy -- RPM Status ------------------------------------------------RPM Slot ID: 1 RPM Redundancy Role: Primary RPM State: Active RPM SW Version: 7.5.1.0 Link to Peer: Up -- PEER RPM Status ------------------------------------------------RPM State: Standby RPM SW Version: 7.5.1.
22 ICMP Message Types This chapter lists and describes the possible ICMP message type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. ICMP Messages and Their Definitions.\ Symbol Type Code . Query Error Timeout (no reply) ! 0 U 3 C Description 4 5 ICMP Message Types 3 echo reply . destination unreachable: 0 network unreachable . 1 host unreachable .
Symbol & Type Code Description 0 redirect for network . 1 redirect for host . 2 redirect for type-of-service and network . 3 redirect for type-of-service and host . 8 0 echo request . 9 0 router advertisement . 10 0 router solicitation . 11 Error time exceeded: 0 time-to-live equals 0 during transit . 1 time-to-live equals 0 during reassembly . 12 716 Query parameter problem: 1 IP header bad (catchall error) . 2 required option missing .
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) 23 The IGMP commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software on the S4820T platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • IGMP Commands • IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands Dell Networking OS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376.
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the slot/port information. The range is from 1 to 4094. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10–Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Parameters access-list Enter the name of the extended ACL (16 characters maximum). Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip igmp immediate-leave Enable IGMP immediate leave. S4820T Syntax ip igmp immediate-leave [group-list prefix-list-name] To disable ip igmp immediate leave, use the no ip igmp immediateleave command.
Usage Information Querier normally sends some group-specific queries when a leave message is received for a group prior to deleting a group from the membership database. There may be situations when you require immediate deletion of a group from the membership database. This command provides a way to achieve the immediate deletion. In addition, this command provides a way to enable immediate-leave processing for specified groups.
ip igmp querier-timeout Change the interval that must pass before a multicast router decides that there is no longer another multicast router that should be the querier. Syntax ip igmp querier-timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp querier-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the router must wait to become the new querier. The range is from 60 to 300. The default is 125 seconds.
ip igmp query-interval Change the transmission frequency of IGMP general queries the Querier sends. S4820T Syntax ip igmp query-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip igmp query-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds between queries sent out. The range is from 1 to 18000. The default is 60 seconds. Defaults 60 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ip igmp query-max-resp-time Set the maximum query response time advertised in general queries. S4820T Syntax ip igmp query-max-resp-time seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip igmp query-max-resp-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for the maximum response time. The range is from 1 to 25. The default is 10 seconds. Defaults 10 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ip igmp ssm-map To translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships, use a statically configured list. S4820T Syntax ip igmp ssm-map std-access-list source-address Undo this configuration, that is, remove SSM map (S,G) states and replace them with (*,G) state, use the ip igmp ssm-map std-access-list sourceaddress command. Parameters std-access-list Specify the standard IP access list that contains the mapping rules for multicast groups.
ip igmp static-group Configure an IGMP static group. S4820T Syntax ip igmp static-group {group address [exclude [source address]] | [include {source address}]} To delete a static address, use the no ip igmp static-group {group address [exclude [source address]] | [include {source address}]} command. Parameters group address Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). exclude source address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword exclude then the source address, in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.
implicitly assumes all sources are included. If you do not specify either include or exclude, Dell Networking OS implicitly assumes a IGMPv2 static join. Command Limitations Related Commands • Only one mode (include or exclude) is permitted per multicast group per interface. To configure another mode, all sources belonging to the original mode must be unconfigured.
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip igmp groups View the IGMP groups. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip igmp groups [group-address [detail] | detail | interface [group-address [detail]]] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format to view information on that group only. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and slot/port information: detail • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Expanded to support the detail option. E-Series legacy command. Usage Information This command displays the IGMP database, including configured entries for either all groups on all interfaces, all groups on specific interfaces, or specific groups on specific interfaces.
Group Address Interface Mode 225.0.0.0 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 Member Ports: Po 2* 225.0.0.1 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 Member Ports: Po 2* 225.0.0.2 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 Member Ports: Po 2* 225.0.0.3 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 Member Ports: Po 2* 225.0.0.4 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 Member Ports: Po 2* Uptime Expires Last Reporter 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 show ip igmp interface View information on the interfaces participating in IGMP.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command. Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results.
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip igmp ssm-map — uses a statically configured list to translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships.
If the IP SA in the incoming IGMP general query frame is lower than the IP address of the VLAN interface, the switch disables its IGMP snooping Querier functionality. If the IP SA of the incoming IGMP general query is higher than the VLAN IP address, the switch continues to work as an IGMP snooping Querier. ip igmp snooping enable Enable IGMP snooping on all or a single VLAN. This command is the master on/off switch to enable IGMP snooping.
ip igmp snooping fast-leave Enable IGMP snooping fast-leave for this VLAN. S4820T Syntax ip igmp snooping fast-leave To disable IGMP snooping fast leave, use the no igmp snooping fast-leave command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN — (conf-if-vl-n) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN — (conf-if-vl-n) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information This command enables the IGMP switch to send General Queries periodically. This behavior is useful when there is no multicast router present in the VLAN because the multicast traffic is not routed.
Usage Information If the port channel is a VLT port channel, an asterisk (*) after the port channel number (Po 100*) indicates the port channel is locally down and that a remote VLT port is up. Example Dell#show ip igmp snooping mrouter Interface Router Ports Vlan 2 Gi 13/3, Po 1 Dell# Related Commands 740 • ip igmp snooping mrouter — configures a static connection to the multicast router. • show ip igmp groups — view groups.
24 Interfaces The commands in this chapter are supported by Dell Networking operating software on the S8420T platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • Basic Interface Commands • Port Channel Commands • Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) • UDP Broadcast Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for Physical, Loopback, and Null interfaces.
• For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. The range is from 1 to 16383. vrrp [[ipv6] vrid] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrrp to clear the counters of all VRRP groups. To clear the counters of VRRP groups on all IPv6 interfaces, enter ipv6. To clear the counters of a specified group, enter a VRID number from 1 to 255. learning-limit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords learning-limit to clear unknown source address (SA) drop counters when MAC learning limit is configured on the interface.
clear dampening Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear dampening [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and slot/ port or number to clear counters from a specified interface: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Related Commands show interfaces dampening — displays interface dampening information. dampening — configures dampening on an interface. dampening Configure dampening on an interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters dampening [[[[half-life] [reuse-threshold]] [suppressthreshold]] [max-suppress-time]] half-life Enter the number of seconds after which the penalty is decreased. The penalty decreases half after the half-life period expires. The range is from 1 to 30 seconds. The default is 5 seconds.
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. With each flap, Dell Networking OS penalizes the interface by assigning a penalty (1024) that decays exponentially depending on the configured half-life. After the accumulated penalty exceeds the suppress threshold value, the interface moves to the Error-Disabled state. This interface state is deemed as “down” by all static/ dynamic Layer 2 and Layer 3 protocols.
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Modified for E-Series: Revised from 78 to 240 characters.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information This command applies to any physical interface with speed set to 10/100.
Defaults rx on tx off Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
• • Speeds less than 1 Gig cannot be configured when the asymmetric flow control configuration is on. The following error is returned: Can’t configure speed <1G when Asymmetric flowcontrol is on, config ignored Dell Networking OS only supports rx on tx on and rx off tx off for speeds less than 1 Gig (Symmetric). NOTE: If you use the disable rx flow control command, Dell Networking recommends rebooting the system.
Related Commands on on on on off off on on off off on on on on off off on on on on off off on on show running-config — displays the flow configuration parameters (non-default values only). show interfaces — displays the negotiated flow control parameters. interface Configure a physical interface on the switch.
Usage Information Version 9.4(0.0) Added the support for interfaces. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.4.1.
interface group Create or delete group of VLANs with a single command. You can also use this command to apply a set of configurations on a group of interfaces. S4820T Syntax interface group [fortyGigE slot/port { - port }| gigabitethernet slot/port { - port }| tengigabitethernet slot/ port { - port } | vlan vlanid {- vlanid } ] To delete a range of VLANs, use the following command: no interface group vlan vlanid {- vlanid} Parameters interface, interface,...
Usage Information The interface group command will create all the non-existent VLANs specified in the range. On successful command execution, the CLI switches to the interface group context. The configuration commands inside the group context will be the similar to that of the existing range command. Note: For release 9.4(0.0), the group command is supported only for VLANs and physical interfaces.
Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.4.1.0 Introduced Example Dell(conf)#interface loopback 1655 Dell(conf-if-lo-1655)# Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface. interface null — configures a Null interface. interface port-channel — configures a port channel. interface vlan — configures a VLAN.
Usage Information You cannot delete a Management port. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). To assign an IP address to the Management port, use the ip address command. If your system has two RPMs installed, use the show redundancy command to display which RPM is the Primary RPM. Example Dell(conf)#interface managementethernet 0/0 Dell(conf-if-ma-0/0)# Related Commands management route — configures a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router.
Usage Information You cannot delete the Null interface. The only configuration command possible in a Null interface is ip unreachables. Example Dell(conf)#interface null 0 Dell(conf-if-nu-0)# Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface. interface loopback — configures a Loopback interface. interface port-channel — configures a port channel. interface vlan — configures a VLAN. ip unreachables — enables generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.
Example (Multiple Ports) Dell(conf)#interface range gi 2/0 - 23, gi 2/1 - 10 Dell(conf-if-range-gi-2/0-23# Example (Overlapping Ports) Dell(conf)#interface range gi 2/1 - 11, gi 2/1 - 23 Dell(conf-if-range-gi-2/1-23# Usage Information Only VLAN and port-channel interfaces created using the interface vlan and interface port-channel commands can be used in the interface range command. Use the show running-config command to display the VLAN and port-channel interfaces.
show range — shows the bulk configuration ranges. interface range macro (define) — defines a macro for an interface-range. interface range macro (define) Defines a macro for an interface range and then saves the macro in the running configuration. S4820T Syntax Parameters define interface range macro name interface , interface , ... name Enter up to 16 characters for the macro name. interface, interface,...
Example (Single Range) Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. Prior releases supported 2094. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example (Single Range) Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810; added support for OpenFlow. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. For more information about VLANs and the commands to configure them, refer to the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section of the Layer 2 chapter. FTP, TFTP, and SNMP operations are not supported on a VLAN. MAC ACLs are not supported in VLANs. IP ACLs are supported.
intf-type cr4 autoneg Set the interface type as CR4 with auto-negotiation enabled. S4820T Syntax intf-type cr4 autoneg If you configure intf-type cr4 autoneg, use the no intf-type cr4 autoneg command to set the interface type as cr4 with autonegotiation disabled. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.
Example (Master/Slave) Dell(conf)# int gi 0/0 Dell(conf-if)#neg auto Dell(conf-if-autoneg)# ? end Exit from configuration mode exit Exit from autoneg configuration mode mode Specify autoneg mode no Negate a command or set its defaults show Show autoneg configuration information Dell(conf-if-autoneg)#mode ? forced-master Force port to master mode forced-slave Force port to slave mode Dell(conf-if-autoneg)# Example (Configured) Dell#show interfaces configured GigabitEthernet 13/18 is up, line protocol is u
• Up at 100 Mb/s • Down • Down * You cannot disable auto-negotiation when the speed is set to 1000 or auto. Related Commands speed (for 10/100/1000 interfaces) — sets the link speed to 10, 100, 1000 or autonegotiate the speed. keepalive Send keepalive packets periodically to keep an interface alive when it is not transmitting data. S4820T Syntax keepalive [seconds] To stop sending keepalive packets, use the no keepalive command.
configure no keepalive, the system does not send keepalive packets and so the local end of a WAN link remains up even if the remote end is down. monitor interface Monitor counters on a single interface or all interfaces on a line card. The screen is refreshed every five seconds and the CLI prompt disappears. S4820T Syntax monitor interface [interface] To disable monitoring and return to the CLI prompt, press the q key.
Usage Information Example (Single Interface) Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. In the Example, the delta column displays changes since the last screen refresh. The following are the monitor command menu options. Key Description systest-3 Displays the host name assigned to the system. monitor time Displays the amount of time since the monitor interface command was entered.
Input CRC: Input IP checksum: Input overrun: Output underruns: Output throttles: m l T q Example (All Interfaces) - 0 0 0 0 0 Change mode Page up Increase refresh interval Quit 0 0 0 0 0 pps pps pps pps pps 0 0 0 0 0 c - Clear screen a - Page down t - Decrease refresh interval systest-3 Monitor time: 00:01:31 Refresh Intvl.
Defaults 1554 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
Layer 2 Overhead Link MTU and IP MTU Delta Ethernet (untagged) 18 bytes VLAN Tag 22 bytes Untagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 22 bytes Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes portmode hybrid To accept both tagged and untagged frames, set a physical port or port-channel. A port configured this way is identified as a hybrid port in report displays. S4820T Syntax portmode hybrid To return a port to accept either tagged or untagged frames (non-hybrid), use the no portmode hybrid command.
• untagged frames and classify them as VLAN 10 frames • VLAN 20 tagged frames The following describes the do show interfaces command shown in the following example. This example shows output with “Hybrid” as the newly added value for 802.1QTagged. The options for this field are: • True — port is tagged • False — port is untagged • Hybrid — port accepts both tagged and untagged frames The following describes the interface vlan command shown in the following example.
rate-interval Configure the traffic sampling interval on the selected interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters rate-interval seconds seconds Enter the number of seconds for which to collect traffic data. The range is from 5 to 299 seconds. NOTE: Because polling occurs every 15 seconds, the number of seconds designated here rounds to the multiple of 15 seconds lower than the entered value. For example, if 44 seconds is designated, it rounds to 30; 45 to 59 seconds rounds to 45.
show config Display the interface configuration. S4820T Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2(0.2) Added support for the tunnel interface type. Version 9.1(0.
NOTE: After the counters are cleared, the line-rate continues to increase until it reaches the maximum line rate. When the maximum line rate is reached, there is no change in the line-rate. User Information The following table describes the show interfaces command shown in the 10G (TeraScale) Example below. Line Description TenGigabitEthern et 0/0... Interface type, slot/port, and administrative and line protocol status. Hardware is...
Line Description • Number of packets with VLAN tagged headers • Packet size and the number of those packets inbound to the interface • Number of Multicast and Broadcast packets: – Multicasts = number of MAC multicast packets – Broadcasts = number of MAC broadcast packets • Number of runts, giants, and throttles packets: – runts = number of packets that are less than 64B – giants = packets that are greater than the MTU size – throttles = packets containing PAUSE frames • Number of CRC, overrun, and
Example Dell#show interfaces TenGigabitEthernet 2/0 is down, line protocol is down Hardware is DellForce10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:8b:3d:e7 Current address is 00:01:e8:8b:3d:e7 Pluggable media present, Media type is unknown Wavelength unknown Interface index is 100992002 Internet address is not set MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed auto Flowcontrol rx on tx off ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 3d17h53m Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 pack
0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 Vlans, 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec,0.
Virtual-IP is not set Virtual-IP IPv6 address is not set MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit, Mode full duplex ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:06:14 Queueing strategy: fifo Input 791 packets, 62913 bytes, 775 multicast Received 0 errors, 0 discarded Output 21 packets, 3300 bytes, 20 multicast Output 0 errors, 0 invalid protocol Time since last interface status change: 00:06:03 Example (OpenFlow instance) Dell#show interfaces vlan 6 Vlan 6
show interfaces switchport – displays Layer 2 information about the interfaces. show inventory (S-Series and Z-Series) – displays the S-Series and Z-Series switch types, components (including media), Dell Networking OS version including hardware identification numbers, and configured protocols. show range – displays all interfaces configured using the interface range command. show interfaces configured Display any interface with a non-default configuration.
Output Statistics: 1 packets, 64 bytes, 0 underruns 1 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 1 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 Vlans, 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.
Usage Information Interfaces Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 6.5.4.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show interfaces gigabitethernet command following example. Mode Control Indicates if auto negotiation is enabled.
Phy Specific Status Displays PHY-specific status information.
show interfaces stack-unit Display information on all interfaces on a specific S-Series or Z-Series stack member. S4820T Syntax Parameters show interfaces stack-unit unit-number unit-number Enter the stack member number. The range is from 0 to 11 for the S4820T. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
stack-unit unitid • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • Enter the keyword backup to view the backup interface for this interface. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords stack-unit then the stack member number. This option is available only on S-Series. The range is from 0 to 5. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Example Dell#show interfaces switchport Name: GigabitEthernet 13/0 802.1QTagged: Hybrid Vlan membership: Vlan 2, Vlan 20 Native VlanId: 20 Name: GigabitEthernet 13/1 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 Name: GigabitEthernet 13/2 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 Name: GigabitEthernet 13/3 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 --More-- Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface on the switch. show ip interface — displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 792 Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on theS6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.
Interfaces Line Description TX Power Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. RX Power Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temp High Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Voltage High Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Bias High Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+.
Line Description Rx Power Present receiving (Rx) power of the SFP. This value is either average Rx power or OMA. This depends on the Rx Power measurement type displayed above. If this crosses Rx power alarm/warning thresholds, the Rx power high alarm/warning flag is set to true. If it falls below the low alarm/warning thresholds, the Rx power low alarm/warning flag is set to true. Data Ready state Bar This field indicates that the transceiver has achieved power up and data is ready.
Example Line Description Voltage High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Voltage value displayed above. Tx Bias High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Tx bias current value displayed above. Tx Power High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above. Rx Power High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above.
SFP 1 Voltage High Alarm threshold = 3.900V SFP 1 Bias High Alarm threshold = 17.000mA SFP 1 TX Power High Alarm threshold = 0.631mW SFP 1 RX Power High Alarm threshold = 1.259mW SFP 1 Temp Low Alarm threshold = -25.000C SFP 1 Voltage Low Alarm threshold = 2.700V SFP 1 Bias Low Alarm threshold = 1.000mA SFP 1 TX Power Low Alarm threshold = 0.067mW SFP 1 RX Power Low Alarm threshold = 0.010mW =================================== SFP 1 Temp High Warning threshold = 90.
show range Display all interfaces configured using the interface range command. S4820T Syntax show range Command Modes INTERFACE RANGE (config-if-range) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.
show running-config ecmp-group Display interfaces, LAG, or LAG link bundles being monitored for uneven traffic distribution using the ecmp-group monitoring enable command. The ECMP group could have a LAG or a list of 10G/40 interfaces (not just LAG link-bundles). S4820T Syntax show running-config ecmp-group Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information The shutdown command marks a physical interface as unavailable for traffic. To discover if an interface is disabled, use the show ip interface brief command.
NOTE: This interface speed is not supported on the LCEH-GE-50P or the LC-EJ-GE-50P card. If the command is entered for these interfaces, an error message appears. 100 Enter the keyword 100 to set the interface’s speed to 10/100 Mb/s. NOTE: When this setting is enabled, only 100Base-FX optics are supported on the LC-EH-GE-50P or the LCEJ-GE-50P card. 1000 Enter the keyword 1000 to set the interface’s speed to 1000 Mb/s. Auto-negotiation is enabled. For more information, refer to negotiation auto.
When you configure a speed for the 10/100/1000 interface, confirm the negotiation auto command setting. Both sides of the link must have autonegotiation either enabled or disabled. For speed settings of 1000 or auto, the software sets the link to auto-negotiation and you cannot change that setting. NOTE: Starting with Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.0, when you use a copper SFP2 module with catalog number GP-SFP2-1T in the S25P model of the S-Series, you can manually set its speed with the speed command.
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S55, S60, and S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is found on the Management interface only. Related Commands interface ManagementEthernet — configures the Management port on the system (either the Primary or Standby RPM).
Usage Information Splitting a 40G port into 4x10G port is supported on standalone and stacked units. Split ports cannot be used as stack-link to stack an S4820T system. The quad port must be in a default configuration before it can be split into 4x10G ports. The 40G port is lost in the config when the port is split, so be sure that the port is also removed from other L2/L3 feature configurations. The system must be reloaded after issuing the CLI for the change to take effect.
Defaults Disabled (The interface is in Layer 3 mode.) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.
Egress Interface Selection (EIS) Commands The following commands are Egress Interface Selection (EIS) commands. application Configure the management egress interface selection. S4820T Syntax application {all | application-type} To remove a management application configuration, use the no application {all | application-type} command. Parameters applicationtype all Enter any of the following keywords: • For DNS, enter the keyword dns. • For FTP, enter the keyword ftp.
application (for HTTP and ICMP) Configure the management egress interface selection for HTTP and ICMP. NOTE: Only the options that have been newly introduced are described here. For a complete description on all of the keywords and variables that are available with this command, refer the respective Command Reference Guide of the applicable platform of the Release 9.2(0.0) documentation set.
Version 9.2. (0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. clear management application pkt-fallback-cntr Clear management application packet fallback counters for all management application types. S4820T Syntax clear management application pkt—fallback-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
show ip management-eis-route Display the management routes used by EIS. S4820T Syntax show ip management-eis-route Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2. (0.0) Example Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
ssh syslog tacacs telnet tftp : : : : : 0 0 0 0 0 show management application pkt-fallback-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have been rerouted to the default routing table due to management port or route lookup failure. S4820T Syntax show management application pkt—fallback-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
have no members if there are not enough ports installed. In the S-Series, stack members can provide those ports. NOTE: The Dell Networking OS implementation of LAG or Port Channel requires that you configure a LAG on both switches manually. For information about Dell Networking OS link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for dynamic LAGs, refer to the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) chapter.
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Use the interface port-channel command to access this command. You cannot add an interface to a Port Channel if the interface contains an IP address in its configuration. Only the shutdown, description, mtu, and ip mtu commands can be configured on an interface if it is added to a Port Channel.
shutdown — disables/enables the port channel. group Group two LAGs in a supergroup (“fate-sharing group” or “failover group”). S4820T Syntax group group_number port-channel number port-channel number To remove an existing LAG supergroup, use the no group group_number command. Parameters group_number Enter an integer from 1 to 32 that uniquely identifies this LAG fate-sharing group. port-channel number Enter the keywords port-channel then an existing LAG number.
interface port-channel Create a Port Channel interface, which is a link aggregation group (LAG) containing eight physical interfaces on the S-Series. S4820T Syntax interface port-channel channel-number To delete a Port Channel, use the no interface port-channel channelnumber command. Parameters channelnumber For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. Defaults Not configured.
A Port Channel can contain both 100/1000 interfaces and GE interfaces. Based on the first interface configured in the Port Channel and enabled, Dell Networking OS determines if the Port Channel uses 100 Mb/s or 1000 Mb/s as the common speed. For more information, refer to channel-member. If the line card is in a Jumbo mode chassis, you can also configure the mtu and ip mtu commands.
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Usage Information This feature groups two LAGs to work in tandem as a supergroup. For example, if one LAG goes down, the other LAG is taken down automatically, providing an alternate path to reroute traffic, avoiding oversubscription on the other LAG. You can use both static and dynamic (LACP) LAGs to configure failover groups. For more information, refer to the “Port Channel” chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
show interfaces port-channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups. S4820T Syntax Parameters show interfaces port-channel [channel-number] [brief] channelnumber For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 1 to 128. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display only the port channel number, the state of the port channel, and the number of interfaces in the port channel.
Example 818 Field Description Port-channel is part... Indicates whether the LAG is part of a LAG fate-sharing group (“Failover-group”). Internet address... States whether an IP address is assigned to the interface. If an IP address is assigned, that address is displayed. MTU 1554... Displays link and IP MTU. LineSpeed Displays the interface’s line speed. For a port channel interface, it is the line speed of the interfaces in the port channel. Members in this...
Last clearing of "show interfaces" counters 00:00:00 Queueing strategy: fifo 44507301 packets input, 3563070343 bytes Input 44506754 IP Packets, 0 Vlans 0 MPLS 41 64-byte pkts, 44502871 over 64-byte pkts, 249 over 127byte pkts 407 over 255-byte pkts, 3127 over 511-byte pkts, 606 over 1023-byte pkts Received 0 input symbol errors, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 IP Checksum, 0 overrun, 0 discarded 1218120 packets output, 100745130 bytes, 0 underruns Output 5428 Multicasts, 4 Broadcasts, 1212688 Unica
Gi 3/2 (Up) Dell# Related Commands show lacp — displays the LACP matrix. show port-channel-flow Display an egress port in a given port-channel flow.
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) TDR is useful for troubleshooting an interface that is not establishing a link; either it is flapping or not coming up at all. TDR detects open or short conditions of copper cables on 100/1000 Base-T modules. Important Points to Remember • The interface and port must be enabled (configured—refer to the interface command) before running TDR. An error message is generated if you have not enabled the interface.
The S-Series does not generate log messages is generated when the link flaps down/up during TDR tests. Related Commands show tdr — displays the results of the TDR test. show tdr Display the TDR test results. S4820T Syntax Parameters show tdr interface interface Enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information for the 100/1000 Ethernet interface. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Status Definition Length: 92 (+/- 1) meters, Status: Shorted A short is detected on the cable. The location, in this Example is 92 meters. The short is accurate to plus or minus one meter. Length: 93 (+/- 1) meters, Status: Open An opening is detected on the cable. The location, in this Example is 93 meters. The open is accurate to plus or minus one meter. Status: Impedance Mismatch There is an impedance mismatch in the cables.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Pre-version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Command Modes INTERFACE (config-if) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Pre-version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Pre-version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. If you configure the ip helper-address command and ip udp-helper udpport command, the behavior is that the UDP broadcast traffic with port numbers 67/68 is unicast relayed to the DHCP server per the ip helper-address configuration.
Pre-version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Example Dell#show ip udp-helper -------------------------------------------------Port UDP port list -------------------------------------------------Gi 10/0 656, 658 Gi 10/1 All Related Commands debug ip udp-helper — enables debug and displays the debug information on a console. ip udp-broadcast-address — configures a UDP IP address for broadcast.
Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) 25 Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways. IPSec uses a series of protocol functions to achieve information security: • Authentication Headers (AH) — Connectionless integrity and origin authentication for IP packets.
To delete a transform set, use the no crypto ipsec transform-set name {ah-authentication {md5|sha1|null} | esp-authentication {md5| sha1|null} | esp-encryption {3des|cbc|des|null}} command. Parameters name Enter the name for the transform set. ahauthentication Enter the keywords ah-authentication then the transform type of operation to apply to traffic. The transform type represents the encryption or authentication applied to traffic.
Usage Information Example • Both sides of the link must specify the same transform set. • You can create up to 64 transform sets. Dell(conf)#int ten 0/4 Dell(conf-if-te-0/4)#ipv6 address 200:1::/64 eui64 Dell(conf)#int ten 0/6 Dell(conf-if-te-0/6)#ipv6 address 801:10::/64 eui64 crypto ipsec policy Create a crypto policy used by ipsec. S4820T Syntax crypto ipsec policy name seq-num ipsec-manual To delete a crypto policy entry, use the no crypto ipsec policy name seqnum ipsec-manual command.
management crypto-policy Apply the crypto policy to management traffic. S4820T Syntax management crypto-policy name To remove the management traffic crypto policy, use the no management crypto-policy name command. Parameters name Enter the name for the crypto policy.. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
source-port number Enter the source port number. destinationport number Enter the destination port number. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIG-CRYPTO-POLICY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Usage Information Example • Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
outbound Specify the outbound session key for IPSec. ah Use the AH protocol when you select the AH transform set in the crypto policy. esp Use the ESP protocol when you select the ESP transform set in the crypto policy. spi Enter the security parameter index number. hex-key-string Enter the session key in hex format (a string of 8, 16, or 20 bytes). For DES algorithms, specify at least 16 bytes per key. For SHA algorithms, specify at least 20 bytes per key.
Version 9.2(0.2) Example Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. Dell#show crypto ipsec transform-set Transform-Set Name Transform-Set refCnt AH Transform ESP Auth Transform ESP Encry Transform Dell# : dallas : 0 : : : 3des show crypto ipsec policy Display the crypto policy configuration. S4820T Syntax show crypto ipsec policy Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : : : : : tcp IPv6 a::1 /128 0 a::2 /128 23 Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : : : : : : 1 tcp IPv6 a::1 /128 23 a::2 /128 0 Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source ad
transform-set Specify the transform set the crypto policy uses. S4820T Syntax transform-set transform-set-name To delete a transform set from the crypto policy, use the no transform-set transform-set-name command. Parameters transform-setname Enter the name for the crypto policy transform set. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIG-CRYPTO-POLICY Command History This guide is platform-specific.
26 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system on the S4820T platform. arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). S4820T Syntax arp [vrf vrf-name] ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter a VRF name to configure an ARP entry for that VRF.
Usage Information Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information This timer is an exponential backoff timer.
1. At time t=0, Dell Networking OS sends an ARP request for IP A.B.C.D. 2. At time t=1, Dell Networking OS receives an ARP request for IP A.B.C.D. 3. At time t=2, Dell Networking OS installs an ARP entry for A.B.C.D only on RP2. Beginning with Dell Networking OS version 8.3.1.0, when a gratuitous ARP is received, Dell Networking OS installs an ARP entry on all three CPUs. arp max-entries Enables you to configure the maximum number of ARP entries per VRF that are allowed for IPv4..
arp retries Set the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request. S4820T Syntax arp retries number Parameters number Enter the number of retries. The range is from 1 to 20. The default is 5. Defaults 5 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Defaults 240 minutes (4 hours) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. ip ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ip then the IP address of the ARP entry you wish to clear. no-refresh (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords no-refresh to delete the ARP entry from CAM. Or use this option with interface or ip ip-address to specify which dynamic ARP entries you want to delete.
clear host Remove one or all dynamically learned host table entries. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear host name name Enter the name of the host to delete. Enter * to delete all host table entries. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information To clear Layer 3 CAM inconsistencies, use this command. Related Commands show ip fib stack-unit — shows FIB entries on a specified stack-unit. CAUTION: Executing this command causes traffic disruption.
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Use the vrf vrf-name attribute of this command to clear routes corresponding to either a specific VRF or the default VRF. You cannot use this attribute to clear routes corresponding to a management VRF.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. debug arp View information on ARP transactions. S4820T Syntax debug arp [interface] [count value] To stop debugging ARP transactions, use the no debug arp command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.4.10 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#debug ip dhcp 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.
ip helper-address hop-count disable – disables the hop-count increment for the DHCP relay agent. debug ip icmp View information on the internal control message protocol (ICMP). S4820T Syntax debug ip icmp [interface] [count value] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip icmp command. Parameters interface count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Example Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.0 Added the count option.
• For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 1 to 128. • For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Field Description d= Lists the destination address of the packet and the name of the interface (in parentheses) through which the packet is being sent out on the network. len Displays the packet’s length. sending, rcvd, fragment, sending broad/multicast proto, unroutable The last part of each line lists the status of the packet. TCP src= Displays the source and destination ports, the sequence number, the acknowledgement number, and the window size of the packets in that TCP packets.
The access-group option supports only the equal to (eq) operator in TCP ACL rules. Port operators not equal to (neq), greater than (gt), less than (lt), or range are not supported in access-group option (refer to the following example). ARP packets (arp) and Ether-type (ether-type) are also not supported in the accessgroup option. The entire rule is skipped to compose the filter.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. ip domain-list Configure names to complete unqualified host names. S4820T Syntax ip domain-list name To remove the name, use the no ip domain-list name command.
the name is not resolved, the software goes through the list of names configured with the ip domain-list command to find a match. To enable dynamic resolution of hosts, use the following steps: • specify a domain name server with the ip name-server command • enable DNS with the ip domain-lookup command To view current bindings, use the show hosts command. To view a DNS-related configuration, use the show running-config resolve command. Related Commands ip domain-name — specifies a DNS server.
Dell Networking OS does not support sending DNS queries over a VLAN. DNS queries are sent out all other interfaces, including the Management port. To view current bindings, use the show hosts command. Related Commands ip name-server — specifies a DNS server. show hosts — Views the current bindings. ip domain-name Configure one domain name for the switch. S4820T Syntax ip domain-name name To remove the domain name, use the no ip domain-name command.
Usage Information You can only configure one domain name with the ip domain-name command. To configure more than one domain name, configure the ip domain-list command up to six times. To enable dynamic resolution of hosts, use the following steps: • specify a domain name server with the ip name-server command • enable DNS with the ip domain-lookup command To view current bindings, use the show hosts command. Related Commands ip domain-list — configures additional names.
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can add multiple DHCP servers by entering the ip helper-address command multiple times. If multiple servers are defined, an incoming request is sent simultaneously to all configured servers and the reply is forwarded to the DHCP client.
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series. Usage Information This command disables the incrementing of the hops field when boot requests are relayed to a DHCP server through Dell Networking OS. If the incoming boot request already has a non-zero hops field, the message is relayed with the same value for hops.
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. You can enable the mechanism to configure the source or the originating interface from which the packet (the device that generates the ICMP error messages) is received by the switch to send the loopback address instead of its source IP address to be used in the ICMP unreachable messages and in the traceroute command output.
NOTE: When you configure the capability to enable the loopback IP address to be sent for easy debugging and diagnosis (IP addresses of the devices for which the ICMP source interface is configured), the source IP address of the outgoing ICMP error message is modified, although the packets are not sent out using the configured interface.
Example Dell(conf)#ipv6 icmp source-interface tengigabitethernet 0/0 Dell(conf)# ip max-frag-count Set the maximum number of fragments allowed in one packet for packet re-assembly. S4820T Syntax ip max-frag-count count To place no limit on the number of fragments allowed, use the no ip max-fragcount command. Parameters count Enter a number for the number of fragments allowed for reassembly. The range is from 2 to 256. Defaults No limit is set on number of fragments allowed.
ip max-routes Enables you to configure the maximum number of protocol routes per VRF that are allowed for IPv4. S4820T Syntax Parameters ip max-routes [vrf vrf-name] max-number vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF for which you want to configure maximum number of protocol routes that IPv4 allows. max-number Enter the maximum number of protocol routes that a VRF RTM can hold. The range is from 0 to 7500. Defaults Not configured.
Defaults 1500 bytes Command Modes INTERFACE (Gigabit Ethernet and 10-Gigabit Ethernet interfaces) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
MTU cannot be higher than 1518 bytes and its IP MTU cannot be higher than 1500 bytes. The following describes the difference between Link MTU and IP MTU. Related Commands Layer 2 Overhead Difference between Link MTU and IP MTU Ethernet (untagged) 18 bytes VLAN Tag Tag 22 bytes Untagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 22 bytes Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes mtu — sets the link MTU for an Ethernet interface. ip name-server Enter up to six IPv4 addresses of name servers.
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking OS does not support sending DNS queries over a VLAN.
Related Commands Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip interface — displays the interface routing status and configuration. ip route Assign a static route to the switch. S4820T Syntax ip route [vrf vrf-name] ip-address mask {ip-address | interface [ip-address]} [distance] [permanent] [tag tag-value] [vrf vrfname] To delete a specific static route, use the no ip route destination mask command.
tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a number to assign to the route. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. Use this VRF option after the next hop to specify which VRF the next hop belongs to. This setting is used in route leaking cases. Refer to Route Leaking. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
• When recursive resolution is “broken,” Dell Networking OS withdraws the route. • When recursive resolution is satisfied, Dell Networking OS re-installs the route. You cannot use the VRF attribute of this command to configure routes in a management VRF. When a specific VRF is deleted, all the configured static routes corresponding to that VRF are automatically removed. Related Commands show ip route — views the switch routing table.
ip tcp initial-time Define the wait duration in seconds for the TCP connection to be established. This command is supported on the , S4820T, , and platforms. Syntax ip tcp initial-time <8-75> To restore the default behavior, which causes the wait period to be set as 8 seconds, use the no ip tcp initial-time command Parameters <8-75> Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.3(0.0) Usage Information Wait duration in seconds for the TCP connection to be established.
ip unreachables Enable the generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages. S4820T Syntax ip unreachables To disable the generation of ICMP messages, use the no ip unreachables command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
dest-mac | source-mac]} | {tcp-udp | ingress-port [enable]}command. Parameters ip-selection {dest-ip | source-ip} mac {dest-mac | source-destmac | sourcemac} tcp-udp enable Enter the keywords to distribute IP traffic based on the following criteria: • dest-ip — Uses destination IP address and destination port fields to hash. The hashing mechanism returns a 3bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded. • source-ip — Uses source IP address and source port fields to hash.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.0 Added the ingress-port parameter for the S4810. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Parameters {ip-selection| ipv6-selection [source-ip | source-ipv6 | source-port-id | sourcemodule-id | dest-ip | destipv6 | destport-id | destmodule-id | protocol | vlan | L4-source-port | L4-dest-port ] mac [sourcemac | sourceport-id | sourcemodule-id | dest-mac | dest-port-id | dest-moduleid | vlan | ethertype | source-destmac ] tunnel [ipv4over-ipv4 | ipv4-over-greipv4 | mac-inmac]} IPv4 Routing To use IPv4 key fields in hash computation, enter the keyword ip-selection then one of the parameters.
Defaults IP selection 5-tuples (source-ip dest-ip vlan protocol L4-source-port L4-destport). Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
managementet hernet Enter the keyword managementethernet for the Management interface on the Primary RPM. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF. NOTE: Use this attribute to start a BGP instance for either a specific address family corresponding to the default VRF or an IPv4 address family corresponding to a nondefault VRF. interface interface Command Modes 882 (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF and added usage information for the clear arp-cache command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Description Example VLAN Displays the VLAN ID, if any, associated with the ARP entry. CPU Lists which CPU the entries are stored on. Dell>show arp Protocol Address Age(min) Hardware Address Interface VLAN CPU ------------------------------------------------------------Internet 192.2.1.254 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Gi 9/13 CP Internet 192.2.1.253 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Gi 9/13 CP Internet 192.2.1.252 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Gi 9/13 CP Internet 192.2.1.251 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Gi 9/13 CP Internet 192.2.1.
---------------------------------------------83 0 83 CP Dell Related Commands ip local-proxy-arp — enables/disables Layer 3 communication in secondary VLANs. switchport mode private-vlan — sets PVLAN mode of the selected port. show arp retries Display the configured number of ARP retries. S4820T Syntax show arp retries Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6 addresses. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.
Field Description • Example Related Commands ?? — the entry is suspect. TTL Displays the amount of time until the entry ages out of the cache. For dynamically learned entries only. Type Displays IP as the type of entry. Address Displays the IP addresses assigned to the host.
vrf instance (OPTIONAL) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF instance name to show CAM information as it applies to that VRF instance. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 888 Version 8.3.19.
Field Description Mac Addr Displays the next-hop router’s MAC address. Port Displays the egress interface. Use the second half of the entry to determine the interface. For example, in the entry 17cl CP, the CP is the pertinent portion.
27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Dell# 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1312 1312 1312 40610 3932 2622 2622 2622 2622 1312 1312 3932 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 8 show ip cam stack-unit Display CAM entries for an S-Series or Z-Series switch.
• ecmp-group {detail | member-info [detail [groupindex indexnumber]]} summary Enter the keyword ecmp-group detail to view the ECMP group index. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ecmp-group then one of the following keywords to filter results. • Enter the keyword detail to view the ECMP group index. • Enter the keyword member-info to view the member information for the ECMP group. • Enter the keyword member-info detail to view detailed ECMP membership and n-hop information.
Example Field Description V Displays a 1 if the entry is valid and a 0 otherwise. C Displays the CPU bit. 1 indicates that a packet hitting this entry is forwarded to the CP or RP2, depending on Egress port. V Id Displays the VLAN ID. If the entry is 0, the entry is not part of a VLAN. Mac Addr Displays the next-hop router’s MAC address. Port Displays the egress interface. Use the second half of the entry to determine the interface.
0.0.0.0 Dell# Example (Member-Info) 0 0 1 1 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 3f01 CP - Dell#show ip cam stack-unit 0 po 0 ecmp-group member-info detail Group Index Member Count Mac-Addr Port VLan ID Gateway ----------- ------------------------------- -----------------0 2 00:01:e8:8a:d6:58 Te 0/3 0 1.1.1.2 00:01:e8:8a:d6:58 Te 0/8 0 2.1.1.2 Dell# show ip fib linecard View all forwarding information base (FIB) entries.
Usage Information Example Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip fib command shown in the following example. Field Description Destination Lists the destination IP address.
show ip fib stack-unit View all FIB entries. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip fib stack-unit id [ip-address [mask] [longer-prefixes] | summary] id Enter the S-Series stack unit ID. The unit ID range is from 0 to 11 for the S4820T. ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the network destination to view only information on that destination. Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Enter the mask in slash prefix format (/X).
Example Field Description First-Hop Displays the first hop IP address. Mac-Addr Displays the MAC address. Port Displays the egress-port information. VId Displays the VLAN ID. If no VLAN is assigned, zero (0) is listed. EC Displays the number of ECMP paths. Dell#show ip fib stack-unit 0 Destination Gateway First-Hop Mac-Addr -----------------------------------------------------10.10.10.10/32 Direct, Nu 0 0.0.0.
protocol number [tcp | udp] Enter the keyword protocol then one of the protocol type keywords: tcp, udp, or protocol number The protocol number range is from 0 to 255. . src-port number Enter the keywords src-port then the source port number. destinationport number Enter the keywords destination-port then the destination port number. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Ingress interface:Gi 1/20 Egress interface:Gi 1/14 to 1.7.1.2[CAM hit 103710] unfragmented packet Gi 1/10 to 1.2.1.2[CAM hit 103710] fragmented packet show ip interface View IP-related information on all interfaces. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip interface [interface | brief] [configured] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: 898 • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword Loopback then a number from 0 to 16383.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information IPv4 Routing Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.
Example Dell#show ip int te 0/0 TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 is down, line protocol is down Internet address is not set IP MTU is 1500 bytes Inbound access list is not set Proxy ARP is enabled Split Horizon is enabled Poison Reverse is disabled ICMP redirects are not sent ICMP unreachables are not sent Dell# Usage Information Example (Brief) 900 The following describes the show ip interface brief command shown in the following example.
show ip management-route View the IP addresses assigned to the Management interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip management-route [all | connected | summary | static] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only routes directly connected to the Management interface.
show ipv6 management-route Display the IPv6 static routes configured for the management interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ipv6 management-route [all | connected | summary | static] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only routes directly connected to the Management interface.
show ip protocols View information on all routing protocols enabled and active on the switch. S4820T Syntax show ip protocols Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example IPv4 Routing Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
show ip route View information, including how they were learned, about the IP routes on the switch. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip route [vrf vrf-name] hostname | ip-address [mask] [longer-prefixes] | list prefix-list | protocol [process-id | routing-tag] | all | connected | static | summary] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to enable BGPv4 multicast mode for that VRF.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information IPv4 Routing Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Field Example Description • L1 = IS-IS level-1 • L2 = IS-IS level-2 • IA = IS-IS inter-area • * = candidate default • > = non-active route • + = summary routes Destination Identifies the route’s destination IP address Gateway Identifies whether the route is directly connected and on which interface the route is configured. Dist/Metric Identifies if the route has a specified distance or metric. Last Change Identifies when the route was last changed or configured.
Example (vrf) Dell#show ip route vrf test1 Codes: C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, B - BGP, IN - internal BGP, EX - external BGP,LO Locally Originated, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area, N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2, E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, IA - IS-IS inter area, * candidate default, > - non-active route, + - summary route Gateway of last resort is not set C Destination ----------13.0.0.
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Example Introduced on the E-Series.
Usage Information Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip route summary shown in the following example.
show ip traffic View IP, ICMP, UDP, TCP and ARP traffic statistics. S4820T Syntax show ip traffic [all | cp | rp1 | rp2] NOTE: These options are supported only on the E-Series. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view statistics from all processors. If you do not enter a keyword, you also view all statistics from all processors. cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cp to view only statistics from the Control Processor.
Keyword Definition unknown protocol... No receiver for these packets. Counts packets whose protocol type field is not recognized by Dell Networking OS. not a gateway... Packets can not be routed; the host/network is unreachable. security failures...
Example • ARP Statistics: Rcvd: Replies: Object = f10ArpReplyRecv, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.3 • ARP Statistics: Sent: Request: Object = f10ArpReqSent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.2 • ARP Statistics: Sent: Replies: Object = f10ArpReplySent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.4 • ARP Statistics: Sent: Proxy: Object = f10ArpProxySent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.
cp Enter the keyword cp to view only TCP information from the Control Processor. rp1 Enter the keyword rp1 to view only TCP statistics from Route Processor 1. rp2 Enter the keyword rp2 to view only TCP statistics from Route Processor 2. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Example Field Description 0 partially... Displays the number of partially duplicated packets and bytes received. 7 out-of-order... Displays the number of packets and bytes received out of order. 0 packets with data after window Displays the number of packets and bytes received that exceed the switch’s window size. 0 packets after close Displays the number of packet received after the TCP connection was closed. 0 window probe packets...
329 packets (1263 bytes) in sequence 17 dup packets (6 bytes) 0 partially dup packets (0 bytes) 7 out-of-order packets (0 bytes) 0 packets ( 0 bytes) with data after window 0 packets after close 0 window probe packets, 41 window update packets 41 dup ack packets, 0 ack packets with unsend data 10184 ack packets (12439508 bytes) Sent: 12007 Total, 0 urgent packets 25 control packets (including 24 retransmitted) 11603 data packets (12439677 bytes) 24 data packets (7638 bytes) retransmitted 355 ack only packet
IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) 27 IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking S4820T platform. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter. Important Points to Remember • Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, refer to the cam-acl command. • Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. • Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Example Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
permit icmp To allow all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter. S4820T Syntax permit icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} [message-type] [count [byte]] | [log] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
permit To configure a filter that matches the filter criteria, select an IPv6 protocol number, ICMP, IPv6, TCP, or UDP. S4820T Syntax permit {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp} To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number • Use the no permit {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp} command ip-protocolnumber Enter an IPv6 protocol number. The range is from 0 to 255.
ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Enable egress Layer 3 ACL lookup for IPv6 CPU traffic. S4820T Syntax ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.
ospfv3 Specify that this ACL is for OSPFv3 control plane traffic Defaults All access lists contain an implicit “deny any”; that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.4(0.
l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1- 4 ipv6acl 0-4 • L3 ACL (ipv4acl: 1 • IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 2 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 4. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
cam-acl Allocate space for IPv6 ACLs. S4820T Syntax Parameters cam-acl {default | l2acl 1-10 ipv4acl 1-10 ipv6acl 0-10 ipv4qos 1-10 l2qos 1-10} default Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: • • • • • l2acl 1-10 ipv4acl 1-10 ipv6acl 0-10 ipv4qos 1-10 l2qos 1-10 L3 ACL (ipv4acl): 6 L2 ACL(l2acl): 5 IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 0 L3 QoS (ipv4qos): 1 L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range.
Ranges for the CAM profiles are from 1 to 10, except for the ipv6acl profile which is from 0 to 10. The ipv6acl allocation must be a factor of 2 (2, 4, 6, 8, 10).
28 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking S4820T platform. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking operating software version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, refer to the IPv6 Addressing chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. clear ipv6 fib Clear (refresh) all forwarding information base (FIB) entries on a linecard or stack unit.
clear ipv6 route Clear (refresh) all or a specific route from the IPv6 routing table. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 route {* | ipv6-address prefix-length} * Enter the * to clear (refresh) all routes from the IPv6 routing table. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. ipv6 address autoconfig Configure IPv6 address auto-configuration for the management interface. S4820T Syntax ipv6 address autoconfig To disable the address autoconfig operation on the management interface, use the no ipv6 address autoconfig command.
• Removing auto-configuration removes all auto-configured IPv6 addresses and the link-local IPv6 address from that management interface. • IPv6 addresses on a single management interface cannot be members of the same subnet. • IPv6 secondary addresses on management interfaces across a platform must be members of the same subnet. • IPv6 secondary addresses on management interfaces should not match the virtual IP address and should not be in the same subnet as the virtual IP.
Usage Information Example Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. • If two addresses are configured, delete an existing address before configuring a new address. • If the last manually-configured global IPv6 address is removed using the “no” form of the command, the link-local IPv6 address is removed automatically. • IPv6 addresses on a single management interface cannot be members of the same subnet.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced. Usage Information This command allows you to create an EUI64 address based on the specified prefix and MAC address only.
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 flowlabel-zero Configure system to set the flow label field in the packets to zero. S4820T Syntax ipv6 flowlabel-zero To disable the 0 from being set in the field and allow the rotocol operations to fill the field, use the no ipv6 flowlabel-zero command. Default Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters name Enter a text string to associate with one IP address. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) to be mapped to the name. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 8.4.1.
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 nd prefix Specify which IPv6 prefixes are included in Neighbor Advertisements. S4820T Syntax Parameters Command Modes 936 ipv6 nd prefix {ipv6-prefix | prefix-length | default} [noadvertise] | [no-autoconfig] [no-rtr-address] [off-link] [lifetime {valid | infinite} {preferred | infinite}] ipv6-prefix Enter an IPv6 prefix. prefix-length Enter the prefix then the prefix length.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series.
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword VLAN then the vlan number. The range is from 1 to 4094.
Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. When the interface goes down, Dell Networking OS withdraws the route. The route is re-installed, by Dell Networking OS, when the interface comes back up. When a recursive resolution is “broken,” Dell Networking OS withdraws the route.
Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.
Parameters unit-number Enter the stack unit’s ID number. The range is from 0 to 11. port-set Enter the keyword Port Set. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display a table listing network prefixes and the total number prefixes which can be entered into the IPv6 CAM. index (OPTIONAL) Enter the index in the IPv6 CAM. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x/n format to display networks that have more specific prefixes. The range is from /0 to /128.
show ipv6 control-plane icmp Displays the status of the icmp control-plane setting for the error eate limit setting. S4820T Syntax show ipv6 control-plane icmp Default 100 Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Host tables are not stored in CAM tables on S-Series platforms.
show ipv6 interface Display the status of interfaces configured for IPv6.
Defaults Command Modes Command History tunnel tunnelid (OPTIONAL) View information for a tunnel interface. vlan (OPTIONAL) View information for IPv6 VLANs. none • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2. (0.0) Added support for tunnel interface. Version 9.0.0.
ND ND ND ND advertised reachable time is 0 advertised retransmit interval router advertisements are sent router advertisements live for milliseconds is 0 milliseconds every 200 to 600 seconds 1800 seconds Dell# Example (Managementet hernet) Dell# Dell#show ipv6 int man 0/0 ManagementEthernet 0/0 is up, line protocol is up IPV6 is enabled Link Local address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe8a:e8f7 Global Unicast address(es): Actual address is 600::1, subnet is 600::/64 Virtual-IP IPv6 address is not set Global Anycast
MTU is 1500 ICMP redirects are not sent DAD is enabled: number of DAD attempts: 1 ND reachable time is 30 seconds ND advertised reachable time is 30 seconds ND advertised retransmit interval is 30 seconds ND router advertisements are sent every 200 seconds ND router advertisements live for 1800 seconds show ipv6 mld_host Display the IPv6 MLD host counters. S4820T Syntax show ipv6 mld_host Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Example MLD Host Traffic Counters Elapsed time since counters cleared: 0028:33:52 Received Sent Valid MLD Packets 97962 18036 Reports 79962 18034 Leaves ---0 MLDv2 Queries 18000 ---MLDv1 Queries 0 ---Errors: Malformed Packets: 4510 show ipv6 route Displays the IPv6 routes.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information IPv6 Basics Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Field Description • Example (ESeries) + = summary routes Destination Identifies the route’s destination IPv6 address. Gateway Identifies whether the route is directly connected and on which interface the route is configured. Dist/Metric Identifies if the route has a specified distance or metric. Last Change Identifies when the route was last changed or configured.
Example (Summary) Dell#show ipv6 route summary Route Source Active Routes Non-active Routes connected 5 0 static 0 0 Total 5 0 Total 5 active route(s) using 952 bytes trust ipv6-diffserv Allows the dynamic classification of IPv6 DSCP. S4820T Syntax trust ipv6-diffserv To remove the definition, use the no trust ipv6-diffserv command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION-POLICY-MAP-IN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
IPv6 Service Class Field Queue ID 101XXXXX 5 100XXXXX 4 011XXXXX 3 010XXXXX 2 001XXXXX 1 000XXXXX 0 IPv6 Basics
iSCSI Optimization 29 Internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on an S4820T system. To configure and verify the iSCSI optimization feature, use the following Dell Networking OS commands. advertise dcbx-app-tlv Configure DCBX to send iSCSI TLV advertisements. S4820T Syntax advertise dcbx-app-tlv iscsi To disable DCBX iSCSI TLV advertisements, use the no advertise dcbx-apptlv iscsi command. Defaults Disabled.
iscsi aging time Set the aging time for iSCSI sessions. S4820T Syntax iscsi aging time time To remove the iSCSI session aging time, use the no iscsi aging time command. Parameters time Enter the aging time for the iSCSI session. The range is from 5 to 43,200 minutes. Defaults 10 minutes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
is: the iSCSI packets are handled with dotp1 priority 4 without remark. disable Enter the keyword disable to disable the application of preferential QoS treatment to iSCSI frames. dot1p vlanpriority-value Enter the dot1p value of the VLAN priority tag assigned to the incoming packets in an iSCSI session. The range is from 0 to 7.
Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable the iSCSI optimization feature. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. iscsi profile-compellant Configure the auto-detection of Dell Compellent arrays on a port. S4820T Syntax iscsi profile-compellent Defaults Dell Compellent disk arrays are not detected. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Parameters tcpport-2...tcpport - 16 Enter the tcp-port number of the iSCSI target ports. The tcp-port-n is the TCP port number or a list of TCP port numbers on which the iSCSI target listens to requests. Separate port numbers with a comma. The default is 860, 3260. ip-address (Optional) Enter the ip-address that the iSCSI monitors. The ip-address specifies the IP address of the iSCSI target. Defaults 860, 3260 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Dell# show isci session Session 0: -----------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.equallogic: 0-8a0906-0e70c2002-10a0018426a48c94-iom010 Initiator: iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:win-x9l8v27yajg ISID: 400001370000 Session 1: --------------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands iSCSI Optimization Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
show run iscsi Display all globally configured non-default iSCSI settings in the current Dell Networking OS session. S4820T Syntax show run iscsi Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands 962 Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.
Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) 30 The intermediate system to intermediate system (IS-IS) protocol for IPv4 and IPv6 is supported on the S4820T platform. IS-IS is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains, called areas.
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command. The adjacency-check is enabled by default. advertise Leak routes between levels (distribute IP prefixes between Level 1 and Level 2 and vice versa).
Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. Version 6.3.1.0 Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced You cannot disable leaking from one level to another; however, you can regulate the rate flow from one level to another using an IP Prefix list. If you do not configure the IP Prefix list, all routes are leaked. You can find more information in IETF RFC 2966, Domain-wide Prefix Distribution with Two-Level IS-IS.
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. To prevent the link state database from receiving incorrect routing information from unauthorized routers, use the area-password command on routers within an area. The configured password injects into Level 1 LSPs, CSNPs, and PSNPs. Related Commands • domain-password — allows you to set the authentication password for a routing domain.
clear isis Restart the IS-IS process. All IS-IS data is cleared. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear isis [tag] {* | database | traffic} tag (Optional) Enter an alphanumeric string to specify the IS-IS routing tag area. * Enter the keyword * to clear all IS-IS information and restart the IS-IS process. This command removes IS-IS neighbor information and IS-IS LSP database information and the full SPF calculation is done. database Clears IS-IS LSP database information. traffic Clears IS-IS counters.
nsap Enter a specific NSAP address that is associated with the name parameter. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.
Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Entering debug isis enables all debugging parameters. To display all debugging information in one output, use this command. To turn off debugging, you normally enter separate no forms of each command. To disable all debug messages for IS-IS at once, enter the no debug isis command.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. debug isis local-updates To debug IS-IS local update packets, enable debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information. S4820T Syntax debug isis local-updates [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis local-updates [interface] command.
Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis snp-packets To debug IS-IS complete sequence number PDU (CSNP) and partial sequence number PDU (PSNP) packets, enable debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information. S4820T Syntax debug isis snp-packets [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis snp-packets [interface] command.
Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis spf-triggers Enable debugging on the events that triggered IS-IS shortest path first (SPF) events for debugging purposes. S4820T Syntax debug isis spf-triggers To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis spf-triggers command. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) A default route the routing process generates if the route map is satisfied. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
description Enter a description of the IS-IS routing protocol. S4820T Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History Related Commands Enter a description to identify the IS-IS protocol (80 characters maximum). Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.
ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format and enter a mask in either dotted decimal or /prefix format. prefix-list (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a prefix list name. Defaults weight = 115 Command Modes • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
• For a 1- Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured.
To return to the default values, use the no distribute-list prefix-listname out [bgp as number connected | ospf process-id | rip | static] command. Parameters prefix-listname Specify the prefix list to filter prefixes in routing updates. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected for directly connected routing process. ospf process-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ospf then the OSPF process-ID number. The range is from 1 to 65535. bgp as number (OPTIONAL) Enter the BGP then the AS Number.
distribute-list redistributed-override Suppress flapping of routes when the same route is redistributed into IS-IS from multiple routers in the network. S4820T Syntax distribute-list redistributed-override in To return to the default, use the no distribute-list redistributedoverride in command. Defaults none Command Modes • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password using MD5. encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. password Enter an alphanumeric string up to 16 characters long. If you do not specify an encryption type or hmac-md5 keywords, the password is processed as plain text which provides limited security. Defaults No default password. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters ietf Enter ietf to enable graceful restart on the IS-IS router. Defaults Graceful restart disabled. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
Defaults 5 minutes Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart t3 — configures the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. graceful-restart t1 Set the graceful restart wait time before unacknowledged restart requests are generated.
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart t2 Configure the wait time for the graceful restart timer T2 that a restarting router uses as the wait time for each database to synchronize. S4820T Syntax graceful-restart t2 {level-1 | level-2} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t2 command.
graceful-restart t3 Configure the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. S4820T Syntax graceful-restart t3 {adjacency | manual} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t3 command. Parameters adjacency Enter the keyword adjacency so that the restarting router receives the remaining time value from its peer and adjusts its T3 value so if you have configured this option. manual Enter the keyword manual to specify a time value that the restarting router uses.
Related Commands graceful-restart restart-wait — enables the graceful restart maximum wait time before a restarting peer comes up. hello padding Use to turn ON or OFF padding for LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs or to selectively turn padding ON or OFF for LAN or point-to-point hello PDUs. S4820T Syntax hello padding [multi-point | point-to-point] To return to the default, use the no hello padding [multi-point | pointto-point] command.
hostname dynamic Enables dynamic learning of hostnames from routers in the domain and allows the routers to advertise the hostname in LSPs. S4820T Syntax hostname dynamic To disable this command, use the no hostname dynamic command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced. To assign a network entity title to enable IS-IS, use the net command. • net — configures an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for the routing process. • router isis — enables the IS-IS routing protocol. ipv6 router isis Enable the IPv6 IS-IS routing protocol and specify an IPv6 IS-IS process.
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Configure a network entity title (the net command) to specify the area address and the router system ID. To establish adjacencies and establish dynamic routing, enable routing on one or more interfaces. You can configure only one IS-IS routing process to perform Level 2 routing. A level-1-2 designation performs Level 1 and Level 2 routing at the same time.
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Because the default establishes Level 1 and Level 2 adjacencies, you do not need to configure this command. Routers in an IS-IS system must be configured as a Level 1-only, Level 1-2, or Level 2-only system.
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. The default values of this command are typically satisfactory transmission times for a specific interface on a designated intermediate system. To maintain database synchronization, the designated routers send CSNPs. You can configure Level 1 and Level 2 CSNP intervals independently.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information Hello packets are held for a length of three times the value of the hello interval. To conserve bandwidth and CPU usage, use a high hello interval seconds. Use a low hello interval seconds for faster convergence (but uses more bandwidth and CPU resources).
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information The holdtime (the product of the hello-multiplier multiplied by the hello-interval) determines how long a neighbor waits for a hello packet before declaring the neighbor is down so routes can be recalculated. Related Commands isis hello-interval — specifies the length of time between hello packets.
Related Commands hello padding — turns ON or OFF padding for LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs. isis ipv6 metric Assign metric to an interface for use with IPv6 information. S4820T Syntax isis ipv6 metric default-metric [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no ipv6 isis metric [defaultmetric] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters default-metric Metric assigned to the link and used to calculate the cost from each other router via the links in the network to other destinations.
Usage Information Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics. isis metric Assign a metric to an interface. S4820T Syntax isis metric default-metric [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis metric [default-metric] [level-1 | level-2] command.
Usage Information Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics. isis network point-to-point Enable the software to treat a broadcast interface as a point-to-point interface. S4820T Syntax isis network point-to-point To disable the feature, use the no isis network point-to-point command. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password using MD5. password Assign the interface authentication password. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the authentication password for Level 1. The router acts as a station router for Level 1 routing. This setting is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the authentication password for Level 2.
isis priority Set the priority of the designated router you select. S4820T Syntax isis priority value [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis priority [value] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters value This value sets the router priority. The higher the value, the higher the priority. The range is from 0 to 127. The default is 64. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 1. This setting is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 2.
is-type Configure IS-IS operating level for a router. S4820T Syntax is-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} To return to the default values, use the no is-type command. Parameters level-1 Allows a router to act as a Level 1 router. level-1-2 Allows a router to act as both a Level 1 and Level 2 router. This setting is the default. level-2-only Allows a router to act as a Level 2 router. Defaults level-1-2 Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
log-adjacency-changes Generate a log messages for adjacency state changes. S4820T Syntax log-adjacency-changes To disable this function, use the no log-adjacency-changes command. Defaults Adjacency changes are not logged. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-2 to apply the configuration to generation of Level-2 LSPs. interval seconds Enter the maximum number of seconds between LSP generations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. initial_wait_inte rval seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the initial wait time, in seconds, before running the first LSP generation. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 1 second.
lsp-mtu Set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of IS-IS link-state packets (LSPs). This command only limits the size of LSPs this router generates. S4820T Syntax lsp-mtu size To return to the default values, use the no lsp-mtu command. Parameters size The maximum LSP size, in bytes. The range is from 128 to 1497 for Non-Jumbo mode and from 128 to 9195 for Jumbo mode. The default is 1497. Defaults 1497 bytes. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
lsp-refresh-interval Set the link state PDU (LSP) refresh interval. LSPs must be refreshed before they expire. When the LSPs are not refreshed after a refresh interval, they are kept in a database until their max-lsp-lifetime reaches zero and then LSPs is purged. S4820T Syntax lsp-refresh-interval seconds To restore the default refresh interval, use the no lsp-refresh-interval command. Parameters seconds The LSP refresh interval, in seconds.
max-area-addresses Configure manual area addresses. S4820T Syntax max-area-addresses number To return to the default values, use the no max-area-addresses command. Parameters number Set the maximum number of manual area addresses. The range is from 3 to 6. The default is 3. Defaults 3 addresses Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Parameters seconds The maximum lifetime of LSP in seconds. This value must be greater than the lsp-refresh-interval command. The higher the value the longer the LSPs are kept. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 1200. Defaults 1200 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Defaults Command Modes Command History 4 • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.
Defaults narrow; if no Level is specified, Level-1 and Level-2 are configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced. net To configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process, use this mandatory command. If you did not configure a NET, the IS-IS process does not start.
passive-interface Suppress routing updates on an interface. This command stops the router from sending updates on that interface. S4820T Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface configuration, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
redistribute Redistribute routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. S4820T Syntax redistribute {static | connected | rip} [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] To end redistribution or disable any of the specified keywords, use the no redistribute {static | connected | rip} [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external | internal}] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [route-map map-name] command.
• Command History CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
redistribute bgp Redistribute routing information from a BGP process. S4820T Syntax redistribute bgp AS number [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external| internal}] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no redistribute bgp command with the appropriate parameters. Parameters AS number Enter a number that corresponds to the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65355.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information BGP to IS-IS redistribution supports “match” options using route maps. You can set the metric value, level, and metric-type of redistributed routes by the redistribution command. You can “set” more advanced options using route maps.
metric-type {external | internal} (OPTIONAL) The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain. The two options are: • external • internal level-1 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into ISIS as Level 1 routes. level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into ISIS as Level-1-2 routes. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into ISIS as Level 2 routes. This setting is the default.
Usage Information How a metric value assigned to a redistributed route is advertised depends on how on the configuration of the metric-style command. If the metric-style command is set for Narrow mode and the metric value in the redistribute ospf command is set to a number higher than 63, the metric value advertised in LSPs is 63. If the metric-style command is set for wide mode, the metric value in the redistribute ospf command is advertised.
You can configure only one IS-IS routing process to perform Level 2 routing. A level-1-2 designation performs Level 1 and Level 2 routing at the same time. Related Commands • ip router isis — configures IS-IS routing processes for IP on interfaces and attaches an area designator to the routing process. • net — configures an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process. • is-type — assigns a type for a given area.
show config Display the changes you made to the IS-IS configuration. Default values are not shown. S4820T Syntax Command Modes Command History show config • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
show isis database Display the IS-IS link state database. S4820T Syntax Parameters show isis database [level-1 | level-2] [local] [detail | summary] [lspid] level-1 (OPTIONAL) Displays the Level 1 IS-IS link-state database. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Displays the Level 2 IS-IS link-state database. local (OPTIONAL) Displays local link-state database information. detail (OPTIONAL) Detailed link-state database information of each LSP displays when specified. If not specified, a summary displays.
Field Description The first six octets are the System ID of the originating router. The first six octets are the System ID of the originating router. The next octet is the pseudonode ID. If this byte is not zero, the LSP describes system links. If this byte is zero (0), the LSP describes the state of the originating router. The designated router for a LAN creates and floods a pseudonode LSP and describes the attached systems. The last octet is the LSP number.
ISIS.00-00 * 0x00000006 0xCF43 580 ! FTOS#show isis database detail ISIS.00-00 0/0/0 IS-IS Level-1 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x0000002B 0x853B 1075 0/0/0 Area Address: 49.0000.0001 NLPID: 0xCC 0x8E IP Address: 10.1.1.1 IPv6 Address: 1011::1 Topology: IPv4 (0x00) IPv6 (0x8002) Metric: 10 IS OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IS (MT-IPv6) OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IP 15.1.1.0 255.255.255.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. FTOS#show isis hostname System Id Dynamic Name Static Name *F100.E120.0013 Force10 ISIS FTOS# show isis interface Display detailed IS-IS interface status and configuration information.
Example Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. FTOSF>show isis int GigabitEthernet 0/7 is up, line protocol is up MTU 1497, Encapsulation SAP Routing Protocol: IS-IS Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 37847070, Local circuit ID 1 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Example Field Description Circuit Id The neighbor’s interpretation of the designated router for the interface. The bold sections below identify that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled. FTOS#show isis neighbors System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Gi 7/1 Up L1L2(M) 127 09:28:01 TEST.02 ! FTOS#show isis neighbors detail System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Gi 7/1 Up L1L2(M) 127 09:28:04 TEST.02 Area Address(es): 49.0000.0001 IP Address(es): 25.1.1.
System Id: F100.E120.0013 IS-Type: level-1-2 Manual area address(es): 49.0000.0001 Routing for area address(es): 49.0000.0001 Interfaces supported by IS-IS: GigabitEthernet 1/0 - IP - IPv6 GigabitEthernet 1/1 - IP - IPv6 GigabitEthernet 1/10 - IP - IPv6 Loopback 0 - IP - IPv6 Redistributing: Distance: 115 Generate narrow metrics: level-1-2 Accept narrow metrics: level-1-2 Generate wide metrics: none Accept wide metrics: none Multi Topology Routing is enabled in transition mode.
Usage Information Example 1028 Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show isis traffic command shown in the following example. Item Description Level-1/Level-2 Hellos (sent/rcvd) Displays the number of Hello packets sent and received. PTP Hellos (sent/ rcvd) Displays the number of point-to-point Hellos sent and received.
IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: FTOS# Level-2 LSPs CSNPs (sent/rcvd) : 472/238 Level-1 LSPs PSNPs (sent/rcvd) : 0/0 Level-2 LSPs PSNPs (sent/rcvd) : 10/337 Level-1 DR Elections : 4 Level-2 DR Elections : 4 Level-1 SPF Calculations : 0 Level-2 SPF Calculations : 389 LSP checksum errors received : 0 LSP authentication failures : 0 spf-interval Specify the minimum interval between shortest path first (SPF) calculations.
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for multi-topology ISIS. Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for SPF Throttling Enhancement. This command spf-interval in CONFIG-ROUTER-ISIS-AF-IPV6 mode is used for IPv6 Multi-Topology route computation only.
31 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This chapter contains commands for Dell Networks’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking operating software. The LACP commands in this chapter are supported by Dell Networking OS on the S4820T platform.
Version 6.2.1.1 Related Commands Introduced on the E-Series. show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on). S4820T Syntax debug lacp [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] To disable LACP debugging, use the no [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] command. Parameters config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug the LACP configuration.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp long-timeout Configure a long timeout period (30 seconds) for an LACP session.
Related Commands show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. lacp port-priority To influence which ports will be put in Standby mode when there is a hardware limitation that prevents all compatible ports from aggregating, configure the port priority. S4820T Syntax lacp port-priority priority-value To return to the default setting, use the no lacp port-priority priorityvalue command. Parameters priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority.
lacp system-priority Configure the LACP system priority. S4820T Syntax Parameters lacp system-priority priority-value priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 32768. Defaults 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Example (PortChannelNumber) Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show lacp Port-channel 1 Actor System Partner System Key 1 1 admin up, oper up, ID:Priority 32768, ID:Priority 32768, Actor Admin Key mode lacp Address 0001.e800.
32 Layer 2 This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. This chapter contains the following sections: • MAC Addressing Commands • Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands • The VLAN commands are supported on all the S4820T platform. MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses. clear mac-address-table Clear the MAC address table of all MAC address learned dynamically.
vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan then a VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for sticky MAC addresses.
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 On the E-Series, available in INTERFACE VLAN context, reduced the minimum aging time in the INTERFACE VLAN context from 10 seconds to 1 second. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
output-range interface vlan vlan-id For a multicast MAC address, enter the keyword outputrange then one of the following interfaces to indicate a range of ports for which traffic is forwarded: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
mac-address-table station-move threshold Change the frequency with which the MAC address station-move trap is sent after a MAC address changes in a VLAN. A trap is sent if a station move is detected above a threshold number of times in a given interval. S4820T Syntax Parameters [no] mac-address-table station-move threshold number interval count threshold number Enter the keyword threshold then the number of times MAC addresses in VLANs can change before an SNMP trap is sent. The range is from 1 to 10.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Deprecated the no-station-move command (replaced by the mac-learning-limit mac-address-sticky command). Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Added the vlan option on the E-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added the station-move option. Version 6.5.1.
show mac learning-limit — displays MAC learning-limit configuration. mac learning-limit learn-limit-violation Configure an action for a MAC address learning-limit violation. S4820T Syntax mac learning-limit learn-limit-violation {log | shutdown} To return to the default, use the no mac learning-limit learn-limitviolation {log | shutdown} command. Parameters log Enter the keyword log to generate a syslog message on a learning-limit violation.
mac learning-limit mac-address-sticky Maintain the dynamically learned mac addresses as sticky MAC addresses on the selected port. S4820T Syntax mac learning-limit mac-address-sticky To convert the sticky MAC addresses to dynamic MAC addresses, use the no mac learning-limit command. Parameters mac-addresssticky Configures the dynamic MAC addresses as sticky on an interface. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters log Enter the keyword log to generate a syslog message on a station move violation. shutdown-both Enter the keyword shutdown to shut down both the original and offending interface and generate a syslog message. shutdownoffending Enter the keywords shutdown-offending to shut down the offending interface and generate a syslog message. shutdownoriginal Enter the keywords shutdown-original to shut down the original interface and generate a syslog message.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.5.1.
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to display only those MAC addresses specifically configured on the switch. vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.
117 Dell# 0 0 00:01:e8:0d:b7:5d SYSTEM_STATIC DROP show mac-address-table Display the MAC address table. S4820T Syntax Parameters 1052 show mac-address-table [address mac-address | interface interface | vlan vlan-id] [aging-time] [dynamic | static] [count [vlan vlan-id] [interface interface-type [slot [/ port]]]] address macaddress (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword address then a MAC address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format to display information on that MAC address.
static addresses, dynamic addresses, and MAC addresses in use. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Layer 2 Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
Example Usage Information Column Heading Description State Lists if the MAC address is in use (Active) or not in use (Inactive). Dell(conf)#do show mac-address-table Codes: *N - VLT Peer Synced MAC VlanId Mac Address Type Interface 2 00:00:00:00:00:01 Dynamic (N) 128 Active 2 00:00:00:00:00:02 Dynamic (N) 10 Active 2 00:00:00:00:00:03 Dynamic 100 Active 2 00:00:00:00:00:04 Dynamic 10 Active State Po Po Po Po The following describes the show mac-address-table command shown in the following example.
Line Beginning With Description Total MAC... Lists the total number of MAC addresses the switch uses. Example (Count) Dell# show mac-address-table count MAC Entries for all vlans : Dynamic Address Count : 110 Static Address (User-defined) Count : 0 Sticky Address Count : 0 Total Synced Mac from Peer(N): 100 Total MAC Addresses in Use: 110 Dell# Related Commands show mac-address-table aging-time — displays MAC aging time.
Example Dell#show mac-address-table aging-time Mac-address-table aging time : 1800 Dell# Related Commands show mac-address-table — displays the current MAC address configuration. show mac accounting destination Display destination counters for Layer 2 traffic (available on physical interfaces only).
Usage Information MAC Accounting information can be accessed using SNMP via the Force10 Monitor MIB. For more information about enabling SNMP, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. NOTE: Currently, the Force10 MONITOR MIB does not return the MAC addresses in an increasing order using SNMP. As a workaround, you can use the -C c option in snmpwalk or snmpbulkwalk to access the Force10 MONITOR MIB. For example: % snmpwalk -C c -v 2c -c public 133.33.33.131 enterprise.6027.3.3.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
default vlan-id Specify a VLAN as the Default VLAN. S4820T Syntax default vlan-id vlan-id To remove the default VLAN status from a VLAN and VLAN 1 does not exist, use the no default vlan-id vlan-id syntax. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID number of the VLAN to become the new Default VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. The default is 1. Defaults The Default VLAN is VLAN 1. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
default-vlan disable Disable the default VLAN so that all switchports are placed in the Null VLAN until they are explicitly configured as a member of another VLAN. S4820T Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To display information about a named VLAN, enter the show vlan command with the name parameter or the show interfaces description command.
no ip address no shutdown Dell(conf-if-vl-100)# show vlan Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch. S4820T Syntax Parameters show vlan [brief | id vlan-id | name vlan-name] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the following information: • VLAN ID • VLAN name (left blank if none is configured) • Spanning Tree Group ID • MAC address aging time • IP address id vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword id then a number from 1 to 4094.
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and revised the output to display Native VLAN. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show vlan command shown in the following example. Column Heading Description (Column 1 — no heading) • asterisk symbol (*) = Default VLAN • G = GVRP VLAN • P = primary VLAN C = community VLAN I = isolated VLAN • O = OpenFlow NUM Displays existing VLAN IDs.
Q: U - Untagged, T - Tagged, O - Openflow x - Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged o - OpenFlow untagged, O - OpenFlow tagged G - GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack i - Internal untagged, I - Internal tagged, v - VLT untagged, V - VLT tagged NUM Status Description Q Ports * 1 Inactive 2 Active U Po1(Gi 13/0) T Po20(Gi 13/6), Gi 13/25 T Gi 13/7 3 Active T Po20(Gi 13/6) T Gi 13/7 U Gi 13/1 4 Active U Po2(Gi 13/2) T Po20(Gi 13/6) T Gi 13/7 5 Active T Po20(Gi 13/6) T Gi 13/7 U Gi 13/3 6 Active U Po3(Gi 13/4) T Po20(Gi 13/
Example (Brief) Dell#show vlan br VLAN Name STG MAC Aging IP Address ---- -----------------------------------1 0 1800 unassigned 2 0 1800 2.2.2.2/24 3 0 1800 3.3.3.
Defaults All interfaces in Layer 2 mode are untagged. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
untagged Add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as an untagged interface. S4820T Syntax untagged interface To remove an untagged interface from a VLAN, use the no untagged interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Related Commands interface vlan — configures a VLAN. tagged — specifies which interfaces in a VLAN are tagged. Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) The Dell Networking operating software supports far-end failure detection (FEFD) on the Ethernet interfaces of the S4820T platform. The FEFD feature detects and reports far-end link failures. • FEFD is not supported on the Management interface. • During an RPM failover, FEFD is operationally disabled for approximately 8 to 10 seconds.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy ESeries command. Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection on an interface. • fefd reset — enables FEFD globally on the system. fefd Enable Far-End Failure Detection on an interface, set the FEFD interval, or select the FEFD mode.
Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. When you enter no fefd for an interface and fefd-global, FEFD is enabled on the interface because the no fefd command is not retained in the configuration file. To keep the interface FEFD disabled when the global configuration changes, use the fefd reset command.
Related Commands • fefd reset — enables FEFD globally on the system. • fefd mode — changes FEFD mode on an interface. fefd interval Set an interval between control packets. S4820T Syntax fefd interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no fefd interval command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time between FEFD control packets. The range is from 3 to 300 seconds. The default is 15 seconds.
Parameters normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface. When the interface is placed in “unknown” state, the software brings down the line protocol. aggressive (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword aggressive to change the link state to “error-disabled” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy ESeries command.
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy ESeries command. Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. • fefd-global — enables FEFD globally on the system. fefd-global Enable FEFD globally on the system. S4820T Syntax fefd-global [interval seconds][mode {normal | aggressive}] To disable FEFD globally, use the no fefd-global [mode {normal | aggressive}] command.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy ESeries command. Usage Information If you enter only the fefd-global syntax, the mode is normal and the default interval is 15 seconds. If you disable FEFD globally (no fefd-global), the system does not remove the FEFD interface configuration. Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy ESeries command. Usage Information Example The following describes the show fefd command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Displays the interfaces type and number. Mode Displays the mode (aggressive or normal) or NA if the interface contains fefd reset in its configuration. Interval Displays the interval between FEFD packets.
Related Commands 1078 • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. • fefd disable — disables FEFD on an interface only. • fefd-global — enables FEFD globally on the system. • fefd reset — resets all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode.
Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) 33 The link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. This chapter contains the following sections: • LLPD Commands • LLDP-MED Commands LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management.
vlan-name Enter the keywords vlan-name to advertise the vlan-name TLV. This keyword is only supported on the C-Series and SSeries. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.
Usage Information Version 9.1. (0.0) Modified to support management-address parameter. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The command options management-address,system-capabilities, systemdescription, and system-name can be invoked individually or together, in any sequence.
Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the Z9000 and S4810. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. clear lldp counters Clear LLDP transmitting and receiving counters for all physical interfaces or a specific physical interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear lldp counters interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/ port information.
clear lldp neighbors Clear LLDP neighbor information for all interfaces or a specific interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear lldp neighbors {interface} interface Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/ port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/ port information.
To disable debugging, use the no debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events} {packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/ port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/ port information.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Enable or disable LLDP. S4820T Syntax disable To enable LLDP, use the no disable command.
show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. hello Configure the rate at which the LLDP control packets are sent to its peer. S4820T Syntax hello seconds To revert to the default, use the no hello seconds command. Parameters seconds Enter the rate, in seconds, at which the control packets are sent to its peer. The rate is from 5 to 180 seconds. The default is 30 seconds.
rx Enter the keyword rx to set the mode to receive. Defaults Both transmit and receive. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) Enable the LLDP globally on the switch. S4820T Syntax protocol lldp To disable LLDP globally on the chassis, use the no protocol lldp command. Defaults Enabled.
protocol lldp (Interface) Enter the LLDP protocol in INTERFACE mode. S4820T Syntax [no] protocol lldp To return to the global LLDP configuration mode, use the no protocol lldp command from Interface mode. Defaults LLDP is not enabled on the interface. Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Parameters interface detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/ port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/ port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
show lldp statistics Display the LLDP statistical information. S4820T Syntax show lldp statistics Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S8420T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
• identify physical location • identify network policy advertise med guest-voice To advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user with their own IP telephony handset or other appliances that support interactive voice services, configure the system. S4820T Syntax advertise med guest-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med guest-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command.
advertise med guest-voice-signaling To advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user when the guest voice control packets use a separate network policy than the voice data, configure the system. S4820T Syntax advertise med guest-voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med guest-voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
advertise med location-identification To advertise a location identifier, configure the system. S4820T Syntax advertise med location-identification {coordinate-based value | civic-based value | ecs-elin value} To return to the default, use the no advertise med locationidentification {coordinate-based value | civic-based value | ecs-elin value} command. Parameters coordinatebased value Enter the keywords coordinate-based then the coordinated based location in hexadecimal value of 16 bytes.
Related Commands debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. advertise med power-via-mdi To advertise the Extended Power via MDI TLV, configure the system. S4820T Syntax advertise med power-via-mdi To return to the default, use the no advertise med power-via-mdi command. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
advertise med softphone-voice To advertise softphone to enable IP telephony on a computer so that the computer can be used as a phone, configure the system. S4820T Syntax advertise med softphone-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med softphone-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
advertise med streaming-video To advertise streaming video services for broadcast or multicast-based video, configure the system. This command does not include video applications that rely on TCP buffering. S4820T Syntax advertise med streaming-video {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med streaming-video {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
advertise med video-conferencing To advertise dedicated video conferencing and other similar appliances that support real-time interactive video, configure the system. S4820T Syntax advertise med video-conferencing {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med video-conferencing {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
advertise med video-signaling To advertise video control packets that use a separate network policy than video data, configure the system. S4820T Syntax advertise med video-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med video-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
advertise med voice To advertise a dedicated IP telephony handset or other appliances supporting interactive voice services, configure the system. S4820T Syntax advertise med voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
advertise med voice-signaling To advertise when voice control packets use a separate network policy than voice data, configure the system. S4820T Syntax advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
Microsoft Network Load Balancing 34 This functionality is supported on the S4820T platform. Network Load Balancing (NLB) is a clustering functionality that is implemented by Microsoft on Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server 2003 operating systems. NLB uses a distributed methodology or pattern to equally split and balance the network traffic load across a set of servers that are part of the cluster or group.
response with MAC-s4 is received as the last one). The interface associated with server, S4, is added to the ARP table. • With NLB feature enabled, after learning the NLB ARP entry, all the subsequent traffic is flooded on all ports in VLAN1. With NLB, the data frame is forwarded to all the servers for them to perform load-balancing. NLB Multicast Mode Scenario Consider a sample topology in which four servers, namely S1 through S4, are configured as a cluster or a farm.
learned, traffic is forwarded to only one server rather than the entire cluster, and failover and balancing are not preserved. To preserve failover and balancing, the switch forwards the traffic destined for the server cluster to all member ports in the VLAN connected to the cluster. To ensure that this happens, you must configure the ip vlan-flooding command on the Dell switch at the time that the Microsoft cluster is configured.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.3(0.0) • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • The interface specified here must be one of the interfaces configured using the {output-range | output} interface option with the mac-addresstable static command.
NOTE: Use this option if you want multicast functionality in an L2 VLAN without IGMP protocols. output interface output-range interface vlan vlan-id For a multicast MAC address, enter the keyword output then one of the following interfaces for which traffic is forwarded: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
ip vlan-flooding Enable unicast data traffic flooding on VLAN member ports. Syntax ip vlan-flooding To disable, use the no ip vlan-flooding command. Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL platforms Default Disabled Usage Information By default this command is disabled. There might be some ARP table entries which are resolved through ARP packets which had Ethernet MAC SA different from MAC information inside the ARP packet.
Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) 35 Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM Sparse-Mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections. The Dell Networking operating system supports MSDP commands on the S4820T platform.
clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
clear ip msdp statistic Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
debug ip msdp Turn on MSDP debugging. S4820T Syntax debug ip msdp {event peer address | packet peer address | pim} To turn debugging off, use the no debug ip msdp {event peer address | packet peer address | pim} command. Parameters event peer address Enter the keyword event then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). packet peer address Enter the keyword packet then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). pim Enter the keyword pim to debug advertisement from PIM.
Parameters number Enter the number of rejected SA entries to cache. The range is from 0 to 32766. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
ip msdp mesh-group To be a member of a mesh group, configure a peer. S4820T Syntax ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} To remove the peer from a mesh group, use the no ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} command. Parameters name Enter a string of up to 16 characters long for as the mesh group name. peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ip msdp originator-id Configure the MSDP Originator ID. S4820T Syntax ip msdp originator-id {interface} To remove the originator-id, use the no ip msdp originator-id {interface} command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
ip msdp peer Configure an MSDP peer. S4820T Syntax ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source] [description] [salimit number] To remove the MSDP peer, use the no ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source interface] [description name] [sa-limit number] command. Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Added option for SA upper limit and the description option. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced The connect-source option is used to supply a source IP address for the TCP connection.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced Modifications to the ACL do not have an immediate effect on the sa-cache. To apply the redistribute filter to entries already present in the SA cache, use the clear ip msdp sa-cache local command.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip msdp sa-limit Configure the upper limit of source-active (SA) entries in SA-cache. S4820T Syntax ip msdp sa-limit number To return to the default, use the no ip msdp sa-limit number command. Parameters number Enter the maximum number of SA entries in SA-cache.
continue to be accepted. To enforce the limit in such situation, use the clear ip msdp sa-cache command. Related Commands ip msdp peer — configures the MSDP peer. clear ip msdp peer — clears the MSDP peer. show ip msdp — displays the MSDP information ip msdp shutdown Administratively shut down a configured MSDP peer. S4820T Syntax Parameters ip msdp shutdown {peer address} peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Defaults Not configured.
ip multicast-msdp Enable MSDP. S4820T Syntax ip multicast-msdp To exit MSDP, use the no ip multicast-msdp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.2.1.
show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa Display the rejected SAs in the SA cache. S4820T Syntax show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 1126 Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
36 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking operating system, conforms to IEEE 802.1s. This command supports the Dell Networking S4820T platform. debug spanning-tree mstp Enable debugging of the multiple spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced. protocol spanning-tree mstp — enters MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State.
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced. max-age — changes the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information. hello-time — changes the time interval between bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). hello-time Set the time interval between generation of MSTB bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). S4820T Syntax hello-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command.
max-age — changes the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the MSTB. S4820T Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command. Parameters max-age Enter a number of seconds the Dell Networking OS waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40. The default is 20 seconds.
max-hops Configure the maximum hop count. S4820T Syntax max-hops number To return to the default values, use the no max-hops command. Parameters range Enter a number for the maximum hop count. The range is from 1 to 40. The default is 20. Defaults 20 hops Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance, bridge priority, and one or multiple VLANs mapped to the MST instance. S4820T Syntax msti instance {vlan range | bridge-priority priority} To disable mapping or bridge priority, use the no msti instance {vlan range | bridge-priority priority} command. Parameters msti instance Enter the MSTP instance. The range is from zero (0) to 63. vlan range Enter the keyword vlan then the identifier range value. The range is from 1 to 4094.
name The name you assign to the multiple spanning tree region. S4820T Syntax name region-name To remove the region name, use the no name command. Parameters region-name Enter the MST region name. The range is 32 character limit. Defaults no default name. Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
protocol spanning-tree mstp To enable and configure the multiple spanning tree group, enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. S4820T Syntax protocol spanning-tree mstp To disable the multiple spanning tree group, use the no protocol spanningtree mstp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
revision The revision number for the multiple spanning tree configuration. S4820T Syntax revision range To return to the default values, use the no revision command. Parameters range Enter the revision number for the MST configuration. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0. Defaults 0 Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are shown. S4820T Syntax show config Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.2.1 Support for the optional keyword guard was added on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series TeraScale. Version 8.
BPDU (Mrecords): sent 7, received 1103 The port is not in the portfast mode Example (EDS and LBK) The bold line shows the loopback BPDU inconsistency (LBK_INC). Dell#show spanning-tree msti 0 brief MSTI 0 VLANs mapped 1-4094 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 20 Bridge ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
Example (Guard) Field Description Instance MSTP instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), or shut down (EDS Shut). Guard Type Type of STP guard configured (Root, Loop, or BPDU guard).
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. spanning-tree msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance cost and priority for an interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters spanning-tree msti instance {cost cost | priority priority} msti instance Enter the keyword msti and the MST instance number. The range is from zero (0) to 63. cost cost (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. spanning-tree mstp edge-port Configures the interface as an MST edge port and optionally a Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) guard.
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation option. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. On an MSTP switch, a port configured as an edge port immediately transitions to the Forwarding state. Only configure ports connected to end-hosts as edge ports. Consider an edge port similar to a port with spanning-tree portfast enabled.
Usage Information By default, Dell Networking OS implements an optimized flush mechanism for MSTP. This mechanism helps in flushing the MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often) allowing for faster convergence during topology changes. However, if a standards-based flush mechanism is needed, this knob command can be turned on to enable flushing MAC addresses after receiving every topology change notification.
37 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system (OS) on all S4820T platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • IPv4 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table. To clear the protocol-independent multicast (PIM) tree information base, use the clear ip pim tib command.
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands show ip pim tib — shows the PIM tree information base. ip mroute Assign a static mroute.
distance (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the distance metric assigned to the mroute. The range is from 0 to 255. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This feature allows you to limit the number of multicast entries on the system. This number is the total of all the multicast entries on all line cards in the system. On each line card, the multicast module only installs the maximum number of entries, depending on the configured CAM profile. To store multicast routes, use the IN-L3-McastFib CAM partition.
Related Commands ip pim sparse-mode — enables IGMP and PIM on an interface. show ip mroute View the multicast routing table. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip mroute [static | group-address [source-address] | count | snooping [vlan vlan-id] [group-address [source-address]] | summary | vlt [group-address [source-address] | count] static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to view static multicast routes.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2. (0.0) Added support for keyword vlt to the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. Version 8.4.1.
Example (VLT) Dell#show ip mroute vlt IP Multicast Routing Table Flags: S – Synced (*, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:39:33 flags: S Incoming interface: Vlan 10 Spanned outgoing interface list: Vlan 20 (S) Vlan 30 (50.1.1.2, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:39:33 flags: S Incoming interface: Vlan 10 Spanned outgoing interface list: Vlan 20 (S) Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip mroute command shown in the following example.
show ip rpf View reverse path forwarding. S4820T Syntax show ip rpf Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) 38 The Dell Networking operating software supports the network discovery protocol for IPv6 on the S4820T platform. The neighbor discovery protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
interface interface To remove all neighbor entries learned on a specific interface, enter the keyword interface then the interface type and slot/port or number information of the interface: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fastEthernet then the slot/port information. • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
interface interface hardware_addr ess Enter the keyword interface then the interface type and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fastEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
CPU Enter the keyword cpu then either rp1 or rp2 (Route Processor 1 or 2), optionally then an IPv6 address to display the IPv6 neighbor entries stored on the designated RP. interface interface Enter the keyword interface then the interface type and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fastEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
1439 00:01:e8:17:5c:ae STALE Gi 1/5 Vl 1000 CP fe80::201:e8ff:fe17:5cae 1439 00:01:e8:17:5c:ae STALE Gi 1/7 Vl 2000 CP Dell# Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) 1159
Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) 39 Open Shortest Path First version 2 for IPv4 is supported on S4820T Dell Networking Operating System (OS) platform. Open Shortest Path First version 3 (OSPFv3) for IPv6 is supported on the S4820T platform. OSPF is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS).
Defaults cost = 1; no areas are configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.
no-summary (OPTIONAL) Specify that no summary LSAs should be sent into the NSSA. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip ospf Clear all OSPF routing tables.
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip ospf statistics Clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear ip ospf [process-id] [vrf vrf-name] statistics [interface name {neighbor router-id}] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared.
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf statistics — displays the OSPF statistics. debug ip ospf Display debug information on OSPF.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.
Example Field Description aut: States if OSPF authentication is configured. One of the following is listed: • 0 - no authentication configured • 1 - simple authentication configured using the ip ospf authentication-key command • 2 - MD5 authentication configured using the ip ospf message-digest-key command auk: If the ip ospf authentication-key command is configured, this field displays the key used.
224.0.0.5 netmask:255.255.255.0 pri:1 N-, MC-, E+, T-, hi:10 di:40 dr:90.1.1.1 bdr:0.0.0.0 default-information originate To generate a default external route into an OSPF routing domain, configure Dell Networking Operating System (OS). S4820T Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric-value] [metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command.
Related Commands Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into OSPF. default-metric Change the metrics of redistributed routes to a value useful to OSPF. Use this command with the redistribute command. S4820T Syntax default-metric number To return to the default values, use the no default-metric [number] command.
description Add a description about the selected OSPF configuration. S4820T Syntax description description To remove the OSPF description, use the no description command. Parameters description Enter a text string description to identify the OSPF configuration (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Parameters weight Specify an administrative distance. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter a router ID in the dotted decimal format. If you enter a router ID, include the mask for that router address. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a mask in dotted decimal format or /n format. access-listname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of an IP standard access list, up to 140 characters. Defaults 110 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults inter-area dist2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords inter-area then a number to specify a distance metric for routes between areas. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110. intra-area dist1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords intra-area then a number to specify a distance metric for all routes within an area. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110.
Parameters prefix-listname Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/ port or number information: • For Port Channel groups, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 1 to 128. • For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
To remove a filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp | connected | isis | rip | static] command. Parameters prefix-listname Enter the name of a configured prefix list. bgp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bgp to specify that BGP routes are distributed. NOTE: BGP and ISIS routes are not available on the CSeries. BGP, ISIS, and RIP routes are not available on the S-Series. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to specify that connected routes are distributed.
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The distribute-list out command applies to routes autonomous system boundary routers (ASBRs) redistributes into OSPF. It can be applied to external type 2 and external type 1 routes, but not to intra-area and inter-area routes. enable inverse-mask By default, Dell Networking Operating System (OS) allows you to input the OSPF network command with a net-mask.
Parameters number Enter the convergence level desired. The higher this parameter is set, the faster OSPF converge takes place. The range is from 1 to 4. Defaults none. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.
Defaults Not Configured Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Restart role enabled on the S-Series (Both Helper and Restart roles now supported on S-Series). Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.7.1.0 Added Helper-Role support on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart role Specify the role for your OSPF router during graceful restart. S4820T Syntax graceful-restart role [helper-only | restart-only] To disable graceful restart role, use the no graceful-restart role command.
pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf auth-change-wait-time OSPF provides a grace period while OSPF changes its interface authentication type. During the grace period, OSPF sends out packets with new and old authentication scheme until the grace period expires. S4820T Syntax ip ospf auth-change-wait-time seconds To return to the default, use the no ip ospf auth-change-wait-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the seconds. The range is from 0 to 300. Defaults zero (0) seconds.
Parameters encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the key. key Enter an eight-character string. Strings longer than eight characters are truncated. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. If this command is not configured, cost is based on the auto-cost command.
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information By default, the dead interval is four times the default hello-interval. Related Commands ip ospf hello-interval — sets the time interval between the hello packets. ip ospf hello-interval Specify the time interval between the hello packets sent on the interface.
Usage Information The time interval between the hello packets must be the same for routers in a network. Related Commands ip ospf dead-interval — sets the time interval before a router is declared dead. ip ospf message-digest-key Enable OSPF MD5 authentication and send an OSPF message digest key on the interface. S4820T Syntax ip ospf message-digest-key keyid md5 key To delete a key, use the no ip ospf message-digest-key keyid command. Parameters keyid Enter a number as the key ID.
authenticated with the old key and the second packet authenticated with the new key. This process ensures that the neighbors learn the new key and communication is not disrupted by keeping the old key enabled. After the reply is received and the new key is authenticated, delete the old key. Dell recommends keeping only one key per interface. NOTE: The MD5 secret is stored as plain text in the configuration file with service password encryption. Write down or otherwise record the key.
ip ospf network Set the network type for the interface. S4820T Syntax ip ospf network {broadcast | point-to-point} To return to the default, use the no ip ospf network command. Parameters broadcast Enter the keyword broadcast to designate the interface as part of a broadcast network. point-to-point Enter the keywords point-to-point to designate the interface as part of a point-to-point network. Defaults Broadcast. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters number Enter a number as the priority. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.
Defaults 5 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. S4820T Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters number Specify the number of paths. The range for OSPFv2 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv2 is 4 paths. The range for OSPFv3 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv3 is 8 paths. Defaults 4 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
To disable an OSPF area, use the no network ip-address mask area areaid command. Parameters ip-address Specify a primary or secondary address in dotted decimal format. The primary address is required before adding the secondary address. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format. (/x) area-id Enter the OSPF area ID as either a decimal value or in a valid IP address. Decimal value range is from 0 to 65535. IP address format is dotted decimal format A.B.C.D.
passive-interface Suppress both receiving and sending routing updates on an interface. S4820T Syntax passive-interface {default | interface} To enable both the receiving and sending routing, use the no passiveinterface interface command. To return all OSPF interfaces (current and future) to active, use the no passiveinterface default command. Parameters default Enter the keyword default to make all OSPF interfaces (current and future) passive.
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Modified to include the keyword default. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Although the passive interface does not send or receive routing updates, the network on that interface is still included in OSPF updates sent using other interfaces. The default keyword sets all interfaces as passive.
On configuring suppression using the passive-interface command, the state of the OSPF neighbor does not change to INIT; instead, the state of the OSPF neighbor changes to DOWN after the dead-timer expires. redistribute Redistribute information from another routing protocol throughout the OSPF process.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF.
• 2 = for OSPF External type 2 route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPF. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to redistribute only IS-IS Level-1 routes. level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1-2 to redistribute both IS-IS Level-1 and Level-2 routes. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-2 to redistribute only IS-IS Level-2 routes. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number. The range is from 0 (zero) to 4294967295.
router-id To configure a fixed router ID, use this command. S4820T Syntax router-id ip-address To remove the fixed router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the router ID in the IP address format. Defaults none. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
n]: Dell# router ospf To configure an OSPF instance, enter ROUTER OSPF mode. S4820T Syntax router ospf process-id [vrf {vrf name}] To clear an OSPF instance, use the no router ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter a number for the OSPF instance. The range is from 1 to 65535. vrf name (Optional) Enter the VRF process identifier to tie the OSPF instance to the VRF. All network commands under this OSPF instance are then tied to the VRF instance. Defaults Not configured.
Example Dell(conf)#router ospf 2 Dell(conf-router_ospf)# show config Display the non-default values in the current OSPF configuration. S4820T Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.
Line Beginning with Description “Min LSA....” Displays the intervals set for LSA transmission and acceptance. “Number of...” Displays the number and type of areas configured for this process ID. Example Dell#show ip ospf 10 Routing Process ospf 10 with ID 1.1.1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view LSA information on OSPF processes corresponding to that VRF. databasesummary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords database-summary to the display the number of LSA types in each area and the total number of LSAs.
Example Field Description Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA’s complete contents. Link count Displays the number of interfaces for that router. Dell>show ip ospf 1 database OSPF Router with ID (11.1.2.1) (Process ID 1) Router (Area 0.0.0.0) Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum 11.1.2.1 11.1.2.1 673 0x80000005 0x707e 13.1.1.1 13.1.1.1 676 0x80000097 0x1035 192.68.135.2 192.68.135.2 1419 0x80000294 0x9cbd Link ID 10.2.3.2 10.2.4.2 Link ID 0.0.0.0 1.1.1.1 10.1.1.0 10.1.2.0 10.2.2.0 10.2.
link-state-id adv-router ipaddress (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format. The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type, and it can be one of the following: • the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs • the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs • the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ipaddress to display only the LSA information about that router.
Field Example Description • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. • DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. • E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. LS Type Displays the LSA’s type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID.
show ip ospf database external Display information on the AS external (type 5) LSAs. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] database external [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
Usage Information Example 1212 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database external command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
OSPF Router with ID (20.20.20.5) (Process ID 1) Type-5 AS External LS age: 612 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Type-5 AS External Link State ID: 12.12.12.2 Advertising Router: 20.31.3.1 LS Seq Number: 0x80000007 Checksum: 0x4cde Length: 36 Network Mask: /32 Metrics Type: 2 TOS: 0 Metrics: 25 Forward Address: 0.0.0.0 External Route Tag: 43 LS age: 1868 Options: (No TOS-capability, DC) LS type: Type-5 AS External Link State ID: 24.216.12.0 Advertising Router: 20.20.20.
adv-router ipaddress • the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs • the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs • the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ipaddress to display only the LSA information about that router. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Field Description • Example E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. LS Type Displays the LSA’s type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA’s originating router. Checksum Identifies the link state sequence number. This number enables you to identify old or duplicate LSAs. Length Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA’s complete contents.
show ip ospf database nssa-external Display NSSA-External (type 7) LSA information. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] database nssa-external [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
Related Commands Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-area Display the opaque-area (type 10) LSA information. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] database opaque-area [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
Usage Information Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database opaquearea command shown in the following example.
Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Type-10 Opaque Link Area Link State ID: 1.0.0.1 Advertising Router: 10.16.1.160 LS Seq Number: 0x80000416 Checksum: 0x376 Length: 28 Opaque Type: 1 Opaque ID: 1 Unable to display opaque data LS age: 833 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Type-10 Opaque Link Area Link State ID: 1.0.0.2 Advertising Router: 10.16.1.160 LS Seq Number: 0x80000002 Checksum: 0x19c2 --More-Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
adv-router ipaddress • the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs • the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router followed by the IP address of an Advertising Router to display only the LSA information about that router. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Item Description • Example E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. LS Type Displays the LSA type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA’s originating router. LS Seq Number Displays the link state sequence number. This number detects duplicate or old LSAs. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA’s complete contents. Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA.
Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.142.2 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.142.2 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.141.2 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.141.2 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.140.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
Example Item Description Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA’s complete contents. Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Network Mask Displays the network mask implemented on the area. TOS Displays the TOS options. Option 0 is the only option. Metric Displays the LSA metrics. Dell#show ip ospf 100 database summary OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.10) (Process ID 100) Summary Network (Area 0.0.0.
show ip ospf interface Display the OSPF interfaces configured. If OSPF is not enabled on the switch, no output is generated. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] interface [interface] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to show the OSPF processes that are tied to a specific VRF.
Usage Information Example Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id interface command shown in the following example. Item Description GigabitEthernet...
Neighbor Count is 1, Adjacent neighbor count is 1 Adjacent with neighbor 192.168.253.1 (Backup Designated Router) GigabitEthernet 13/23 is up, line protocol is up Internet Address 192.168.0.1/24, Area 0.0.0.1 Process ID 1, Router ID 192.168.253.2, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 1 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DROTHER, Priority 1 Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.5, Interface address 192.168.0.4 Backup Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.3, Interface address 192.168.0.
Usage Information Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id neighbor command shown in the following example.
Defaults Command Modes Command History none • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.
13.0.0.0 150.150.150.0 172.30.1.0 Dell# 1 2 2 0.0.0.0 13.0.0.3 13.0.0.3 Gi 0/47 Gi 0/47 Gi 0/47 0 1 Intra-Area External Intra-Area show ip ospf statistics Display OSPF statistics. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] statistics global | [interface name {neighbor router-id}] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
Row Heading Description Other-Q The queue, for transmission or reception, for the link state acknowledgement, database description, and update packets. The following describes the error definitions for the show ip ospf statistics process-id global command. Example Error Type Description Intf_Down Received packets on an interface that is either down or OSPF is not enabled. Non-Dr Received packets with a destination address of ALL_DRS even though SELF is not a designated router.
LSR-Q Other-Q 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Error packets (Only for RX) Intf-Down Wrong-Len Auth-Err Version No-Buffer Q-OverFlow 0 0 0 0 0 0 Non-Dr Invld-Nbr MD5-Err AreaMis Seq-No Unkown-Pkt 0 0 0 0 0 0 Self-Org 0 Nbr-State 0 Chksum 0 Conf-Issues 0 Socket 0 Error packets (Only for TX) Socket Errors Dell# Usage Information Example (Statistics) 0 The show ip ospf process-id statistics command displays the error packet count received on each interface as: • The hello-timer remaining value for each interface
show ip ospf timers rate-limit Show the LSA currently in the queue waiting for timers to expire. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] timers rate-limit process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view LSAs corresponding to a specific VRF that are currently in queue waiting for timers to expire.
show ip ospf topology Display routers in directly connected areas. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] topology process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to information on routers corresponding to a specific VRF that are in directly connected areas.
1.1.1.1 Dell# E/-/-/ 1 10.0.0.1 Gi 7/1 1 summary-address To advertise one external route, set the OSPF ASBR. S4820T Syntax summary-address ip-address mask [not-advertise] [tag tag-value] To disable summary address, use the no summary-address ip-address mask command. Parameters ip-address Specify the IP address in dotted decimal format of the address to summarize. mask Specify the mask in dotted decimal format of the address to summarize.
Usage Information The area range command summarizes routes for the different areas. With the not-advertise parameter configured, you can use this command to filter out some external routes. For example, if you want to redistribute static routes to OSPF, but you don't want OSPF to advertise routes with prefix 1.1.0.0, you can configure the summary-address 1.1.0.0 255.255.0.0 not-advertise to filter out all the routes fall in range 1.1.0.0/16. Related Commands area range — summarizes routes within an area.
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Setting the delay and holdtime parameters to a low number enables the switch to an alternate path quickly but requires more CPU usage. timers throttle lsa all Configure LSA transmit intervals. S4820T Syntax timers throttle lsa all {start-interval | hold-interval | maxinterval} To return to the default, use the no timers throttle lsa command.
Version 8.3.8.0 Usage Information Introduced on the S4810. LSAs are sent after the start-interval and then after hold-interval until the maximum interval is reached. In throttling, exponential backoff is used when sending same LSA, so that the interval is multiplied until the maximum time is reached. For example, if the start-interval 5000 and hold-interval 1000 and max-interval 100,000, the LSA is sent at 5000 msec, then 1000 msec, then 2000 msec, them 4000 until 100,000 msec is reached.
The Dell Networking implementation of OSPFv3 is based on IETF RFC 2740. area authentication Configure an IPsec authentication policy for OSPFv3 packets in an OFSPFv3 area. S4820T Syntax Parameters area area-id authentication ipsec spi number {MD5 | SHA1} [keyencryption-type] key area area-id Area for which OSPFv3 traffic is to be authenticated. For area-id, you can enter a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295.
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Before you enable IPsec authentication on an OSPFv3 area, you must first enable OSPFv3 globally on the router. Configure the same authentication policy (same SPI and key) on each interface in an OSPFv3 link. An SPI number must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router.
esp encryptionalgorithm Encryption algorithm used with ESP. Valid values are: 3DES, DES, AES-CBC, and NULL. For AES-CBC, only the AES-128 and AES-192 ciphers are supported. keyencryptionalgorithm (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. key Text string used in encryption. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted).
Usage Information Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Before you enable IPsec encryption on an OSPFv3 interface, first enable OSPFv3 globally on the router. Configure the same encryption policy (same SPI and keys) on each interface in an OSPFv3 link. An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router.
Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. debug ipv6 ospf bfd Display debug information and interface types for bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) on OSPF IPv6 packets.
Example Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version..
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number. The range is 1 to 128. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then a number. The range is 1 to 16383. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Lines Beginning With or Including Description • 2 - database description • 3 - link state request • 4 - link state update • 5 - link state acknowledgement • 7 - external LSA • 8 - link-state advertisement (OSPFv3) • 9 - link local LSA (OSPFv2), Intra-Area-Prefix LSA (OSPFv3) • 11 - grace LSA (OSPFv3) Length: Displays the packet length. Router ID: Displays the OSPF3 router ID. Area ID: Displays the Area ID. Chksum: Displays the OSPF3 checksum.
Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version 8.3.19.0 Usage Information Introduced on the S4820T. By default, OSPFv3 graceful restart is disabled and functions only in a helper role to help restarting neighbor routers in their graceful restarts when it receives a Grace LSA. To enable OSPFv3 graceful restart, enter the ipv6 router ospf command to enter OSPFv3 configuration mode and then configure a grace period using the gracefulrestart grace-period command.
Version 8.3.19.0 Usage Information Introduced on the S4820T. OSPFv3 graceful restart supports planned-only and/or unplanned-only restarts. The default is support for both planned and unplanned restarts. • A planned restart occurs when you enter the redundancy force-failover rpm command to force the primary RPM to switch to the backup RPM. During a planned restart, OSPF sends out a Type-11 Grace LSA before the system switches over to the backup RPM.
ipv6 ospf authentication Configure an IPsec authentication policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters ipv6 ospf authentication {null | ipsec spi number {MD5 | SHA1} [key-encryption-type] key}} null Causes an authentication policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router. Configure the same authentication policy (same SPI and key) on each OSPFv3 interface in a link. To remove an IPsec authentication policy from an interface, enter the no ipv6 ospf authentication spi number command. To remove null authentication on an interface to allow the interface to inherit the authentication policy configured for the OSPFv3 area, enter the no ipv6 ospf authentication null command.
• Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system. The default is Active. Defaults See Parameters Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2.0.
Usage Information Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information By default, the dead interval is four times longer than the default hello-interval. Related Commands ipv6 ospf hello-interval – specifies the time interval between hello packets. ipv6 ospf encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface.
keyencryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the authentication key is encrypted. key Text string used in authentication. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (nonencrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 – displays the security associations set up for OSPFv3 interfaces in encryption policies. ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject Configure an OSPFv3 interface to not act upon the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor. S4820T Syntax ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject To disable the helper-reject role, enter no ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject. Defaults The helper-reject role is not configured.
To return to the default time interval, enter no ipv6 ospf hello—interval. Parameters seconds Enter the time interval in seconds as the time between hello packets. The range is from 1 to 65525 seconds. Defaults 10 seconds (Ethernet). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Setting a priority of 0 makes the router ineligible for election as a Designated Router or Backup Designated Router. Use this command for interfaces connected to multi-access networks, not pointto-point networks. ipv6 router ospf Enable OSPF for IPv6 router configuration.
maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. S4820T Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters number Defaults 8 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Specify the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 64. The default is 8 paths. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Enabled, that is sending of routing updates are enabled by default. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History Usage Information Version 9.1. (0.
Parameters bgp as number Enter the keyword bgp then the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65535. connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. metric metricvalue Enter the keyword metric then the metric value. The range is from 0 to 16777214. The default is 20.
Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To redistribute the default route (x:x:x:x::x), use the default-information originate command. Related Commands default-information originate – configures default external route into OSPFv3. router-id Designate a fixed router ID.
Usage Information You can configure an arbitrary value in the IP address for each router. However, each router ID must be unique. If this command is used on an OSPFv3 process that is already active (has neighbors), all the neighbor adjacencies are brought down immediately and new sessions are initiated with the new router ID. Related Commands clear ipv6 ospf process – resets an OSPFv3 router process. show crypto ipsec policy Display the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies.
Example Dell#show crypto ipsec policy Crypto IPSec client security policy data Policy name : OSPFv3-1-502 Policy refcount : 1 Inbound ESP SPI : 502 (0x1F6) Outbound ESP SPI : 502 (0x1F6) Inbound ESP Auth Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c12 Outbound ESP Auth Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c12 Inbound ESP Cipher Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d12345678 Outbound ESP Cipher Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d12345678 Transform set : esp-3des esp-md5-hmac Crypto IPSec client secu
Transform set The set of security protocols and algorithms used in the policy. Inbound AH SPI The authentication header (AH) security policy index (SPI) for inbound and outbound links. Outbound AH SPI Inbound AH Key The AH key for inbound and outbound links. Outbound AH Key show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Display the IPsec security associations (SAs) used on OSPFv3 interfaces.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information The show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 command output displays security associations set up for OSPFv3 links in IPsec authentication and encryption policies on the router. Related Commands show crypto ipsec policy – displays the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies.
show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Command Fields Field Description Interface IPv6 interface Link local address IPv6 address of interface IPSecv6 policy name Name of the IPsec security policy applied to the interface. inbound/outbound ah Authentication policy applied to inbound or outbound traffic. inbound/outbound esp Encryption policy applied to inbound or outbound traffic. spi Security policy index number used to identify the policy.
Command History Version 9.1. (0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.4.2.2 Added support for the display of graceful restart parameters and Type-11 Grace LSAs on E-Series TeraScale routers. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. Usage Information The show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 command output displays security associations set up for OSPFv3 links in IPsec authentication and encryption policies on the router.
Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 1 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 Area 1 database summary Type Count/Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 8 Rtr LSA Count 1 Net LSA Count 0 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 5 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 E1200-T2C2#sh ipv6 ospf neighbor Neighbor ID ID Interface 63.114.8.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.2. (0.0) Added support for showing BFD status on the S4820T, S4810, and Z9000. Version 9.1. (0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you enable BFD at the global level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD provisioning.
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. For the C-Series, Z-Series, and S4810, the range is 1 to 128. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094. EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.
Policy-based Routing (PBR) 40 Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell Networking Operating System (OS). The commands in this chapter are supported on the S4820T platform.
Related Commands ip redirect-list – enables an IP Redirect List. ip redirect-group Apply a redirect list (policy-based routing) on an interface. You can apply multiple redirect lists to an interface by entering this command multiple times. S4820T Syntax ip redirect-group redirect-list-name To remove a redirect list from an interface, use the no ip redirect-group name command. Parameters redirect-listname Enter the name of a configured redirect list.
• show ip redirect-list – displays the redirect-list configuration. ip redirect-list Configure a redirect list and enter REDIRECT-LIST mode. S4820T Syntax ip redirect-list redirect-list-name To remove a redirect list, use the no ip redirect-list command. Parameters redirect-listname Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Enter the name of a redirect list. Version 9.4.0.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 8.4.2.
Parameters ip-protocolnumber Enter a number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header. protocol-type Enter one of the following keywords as the protocol type: ip for any internet protocol • tcp for transmission control protocol • udp for user datagram protocol Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all traffic is subject to the filter.
Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. redirect Configure a rule for the redirect list.
source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all traffic is subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. operator (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only.
Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number from 1 to 65535. permit Enter the keyword permit assign the sequence to the permit list. redirect Enter the keyword redirect to assign the sequence to the redirect list. ip-address Enter the IP address of the forwarding router. ip-protocolnumber Enter the keyword ip-protocol-number then the number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header.
• source port Enter the keywords source-port then the port number to be matched in the ACL rule in the ICAP rule destinationport Enter the keywords destination-port then the port number to be matched in the ACL rule in the ICAP rule. source-portrange Enter the keywords Source-port-range then the range of the start port to end port to be matched in the ACL rule in the ICAP rule.
Command History Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for removing SONET interface on the S6000, S4810, S4820T and Z9000 platforms. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information The show cam pbr command displays the PBR CAM content.
Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for removing SONET interface on the S6000, S4810, S4820T and Z9000 platforms. Dell#show ip redirect-list IP redirect-list ecmp: Defined as: seq 5 redirect 100.1.1.
PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) 41 The protocol-independent multicast (PIM) commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software on the S4820T platform. IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
clear ip pim tib Clear PIM tree information from the PIM database. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear ip pim tib [group] group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
To disable PIM debugging, use the no debug ip pim command or use the undebug all to disable all debugging command. Parameters bsr (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bsr to view PIM Candidate RP/BSR activities. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword group to view PIM messages for a specific group. group (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword group to view PIM messages for a specific group. packet [in | out] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword packet to view PIM packets.
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. ip pim bsr-border Define the border of PIM domain by filtering inbound and outbound PIM-BSR messages per interface. S4820T Syntax ip pim bsr-border To return to the default value, use the no ip pim bsr-border command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. hash-masklength (OPTIONAL) Enter the hash mask length. The range is from zero (0) to 32. The default is 30. priority (OPTIONAL) Enter the priority used in Bootstrap election process. The range is from zero (0) to 255.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the SSeries. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell(conf)# ip access-list extended iptv-channels Dell(config-ext-nacl)# permit ip 10.1.2.3/24 225.1.1.
Example Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard map1 Dell(config-std-nacl)# permit 224.0.0.1/24 Dell(config-std-nacl)#exit Dell(conf)#int gig 1/1 Dell(config-if-gi-1/1)# ip pim ingress-interface-map map1 ip pim neighbor-filter To prevent a router from participating in protocol independent multicast (PIM), configure this feature. S4820T Syntax ip pim neighbor-filter {access-list} To remove the restriction, use the no ip pim neighbor-filter {accesslist} command.
ip pim query-interval Change the frequency of PIM Router-Query messages. S4820T Syntax ip pim query-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip pim query-interval seconds command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the number of seconds between router query messages. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 30 seconds. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
priority (OPTIONAL) Enter the priority used in Bootstrap election process. The range is zero (0) to 255. The default is 192. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the SSeries. The interface must be enabled (the no shutdown command) and not have the switchport command configured. Multicast must also be enabled globally (using the ip multicast-lag-hashing command).
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the SSeries. Version 7.7.1.1 Introduced This command configures an expiration timer for all S.G entries, unless they are assigned to an Extended ACL. ip pim spt-threshold To switch to the shortest path tree when the traffic reaches the specified threshold value, configure the PIM router. S4820T Syntax ip pim spt-threshold value | infinity To return to the default value, use the no ip pim spt-threshold command.
no ip pim snooping dr-flood Disable the flooding of multicast packets to the PIM designated router. S4820T Syntax no ip pim snooping dr-flood To re-enable the flooding of multicast packets to the PIM designated router, use the ip pim snooping dr-flood command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
show ip pim bsr-router View information on the Bootstrap router. S4820T Syntax show ip pim bsr-router Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
172.21.110.1 172.21.203.1 Gi 13/6 Gi 13/7 v2/S 0 v2/S 0 30 1 30 1 172.21.110.1 172.21.203.1 show ip pim neighbor View PIM neighbors. S4820T Syntax show ip pim neighbor Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.
Field Example Description • 1 = default Designated Router priority (use the ip pim dr-priority command) • DR = Designated Router • S = Sparse mode Dell#show ip pim neighbor Neighbor Interface Uptime/Expires Ver Address 127.87.3.4 Gi 7/16 09:44:58/00:01:24 v2 Dell# DR Prio/Mode 1 / S show ip pim rp View all multicast groups-to-RP mappings.
224.2.217.146 224.3.3.3 225.1.2.1 225.1.2.2 229.1.2.1 229.1.2.2 Dell# Example (Mapping) 165.87.20.4 165.87.20.4 165.87.20.4 165.87.20.4 165.87.20.4 165.87.20.4 Dell#sh ip pim rp mapping Group(s): 224.0.0.0/4 RP: 165.87.20.4, v2 Info source: 165.87.20.5, via bootstrap, priority 0 Uptime: 00:03:11, expires: 00:02:46 RP: 165.87.20.3, v2 Info source: 165.87.20.5, via bootstrap, priority 0 Uptime: 00:03:11, expires: 00:03:03 Dell# Example (Address) Dell#sh ip pim rp 229.1.2.1 Group RP 229.1.2.1 165.87.20.
Usage Information Example (#2) The following describes the show ip pim snooping interface commands shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Displays the VLAN interfaces with PIM-SM snooping enabled. Ver/Mode Displays the PIM version number for each VLAN interface with PIM-SM snooping enabled: • v2 = PIM version 2 • S = PIM Sparse mode Nbr Count Displays the number of neighbors learned through PIM-SM snooping on the interface.
Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. The following describes the show ip pim snooping neighbor commands shown in the following example. Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the neighbor learned through PIM-SM snooping. Interface Displays the VLAN ID number and slot/port on which the PIM-SM-enabled neighbor was discovered.
group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to display TIB information PIM-SM snooping discovered for a specified multicast group. source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to display TIB information PIM-SM snooping discovered for a specified multicast source. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Field Description • Example K=acknowledge pending state Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding (RPF) interface towards the RP/ source. RPF neighbor Displays the next hop from this interface towards the RP/ source.
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.1 Support for the display of PIM-SM snooping status was added on E-Series ExaScale.
Memory usage: TIB Nexthop cache Interface table Neighbor table RP Mapping : : : : : 3768 bytes 0 bytes 992 bytes 528 bytes 0 bytes show ip pim tib View the PIM tree information base (TIB). S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip pim tib [group-address [source-address]] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
Example Field Description expires Displays the amount of time until the entry expires and is removed from the database. RP Displays the IP address of the RP/source for this entry.
Incoming interface: GigabitEthernet 4/23, RPF neighbor 10.211.1.2 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 8/0 (*, 226.1.1.3), uptime 00:18:08, expires 00:00:52, RP 10.211.2.1, flags: SCJ Incoming interface: GigabitEthernet 4/23, RPF neighbor 10.211.1.2 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 8/0 (*, 226.1.1.4), uptime 00:18:08, expires 00:00:52, RP 10.211.2.1, flags: SCJ Incoming interface: GigabitEthernet 4/23, RPF neighbor 10.211.1.
42 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. The commands in this chapter are supported on the S4820T platform. Important Points to Remember • Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as Port Channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). • The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for the rpm/erpm option on the S4820T. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the MXL. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
Example Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Example Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
• For a VLAN interface enter the keyword VLAN followed by a number from 1 to 4094. • For a port channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel followed by the port-channel id . range Enter the keyword range to specify the list of interfaces. destination Enter the keyword destination to specify the destination interface. interface direction {rx | tx | both} • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Example 1320 Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Private VLAN (PVLAN) 43 The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking operating software is supported on the S4820T platforms. Private VLANs extend the Dell Networking OS security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The Dell Networking OS private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, refer to the following commands.
Port Types: • Community port: A community port is a port that belongs to a community VLAN and is allowed to communicate with other ports in the same community VLAN and with promiscuous ports. • Isolated port: An isolated port is a port that, in Layer 2, can only communicate with promiscuous ports that are in the same PVLAN. • Promiscuous port: A promiscuous port is a port that is allowed to communicate with any other port type.
Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan — maps secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN. show arp — displays the ARP table. switchport mode private-vlan — sets PVLAN mode of the selected port.
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. The VLAN: • can be in only one mode, either community, isolated, or primary. • mode ode to community or isolated even before associating it to a primary VLAN. This secondary VLAN continues to work normally as a normal VLAN even though it is not associated to a primary VLAN.
Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) 44 The Dell Networking operating software implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. Dell Networking OS supports PVST+ on the S4820T platform. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line. description Enter a description of the PVST+. S4820T Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable PVST+ globally. S4820T Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
extend system-id To augment the Bridge ID with a VLAN ID so that PVST+ differentiate between BPDUs for each VLAN, use extend system ID. If the VLAN receives a BPDU meant for another VLAN, PVST+ does not detect a loop, and both ports can remain in Forwarding state. S4820T Syntax extend system-id Defaults Disabled Command Modes PROTOCOL PVST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
protocol spanning-tree pvst To enable PVST+ on a device, enter the PVST+ mode. S4820T Syntax protocol spanning-tree pvst To disable PVST+, use the disable command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
show spanning-tree pvst View the Per-VLAN spanning tree configuration. S4820T Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree pvst [vlan vlan-id] [brief] [guard] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the PVST+ configuration information.
Usage Information Example (Brief) Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.4.1.0 Expanded to display port error disable state (EDS) caused by loopback BPDU inconsistency and Port VLAN ID inconsistency. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced. The following describes the show spanning-tree pvst command shown in the following examples. Field Description Interface Name PVST interface. Instance PVST instance.
Number of topology changes 3, last change occured 00:57:00 Port 130 (GigabitEthernet 1/0) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.130 Designated root has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated bridge has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated port id is 128.
Edge port:no (default) port guard :none (default) Link type: point-to-point (auto) bpdu filter:disable (default) Bpdu guard :disable (default) Bpdus sent 1, received 0 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID --------------------------------------------------------Gi 1/0 128.1223 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e800.a12b 128.
vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. cost number Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000. Defaults: • 100 Mb/s Ethernet interface = 200000. • 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface = 20000. • 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface = 2000. • Port Channel interface with one 100 Mb/s Ethernet = 200000. • Port Channel interface with one 1 Gigabit Ethernet = 20000. • Port Channel interface with one 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 2000.
Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation option. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added the optional Bridge Port Data Unit (BPDU) guard. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced. The BPDU guard option prevents the port from participating in an active STP topology in case a BPDU appears on a port unintentionally, or is misconfigured, or is subject to a DOS attack.
Related Commands show spanning-tree pvst — views the PVST+ configuration. spanning-tree pvst err-disable Place ports in an Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members an untagged VLAN. S4820T Syntax spanning-tree pvst err-disable cause invalid-pvst-bpdu Defaults Enabled; ports are placed in the Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members of an untagged VLAN. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification. S4820T Syntax tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. bridge-priority value Enter the keywords bridge-priority then the bridge priority value in increments of 4096. The range is from 0 to 61440. The default is 32768. Defaults 32768 Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. forward-delay seconds Enter the keywords forward-delay then the time interval, in seconds, that Dell Networking OS waits before transitioning PVST+ to the forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30 seconds. The default is 15 seconds. Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. hello-time seconds Enter the keywords hello-time then the time interval, in seconds, between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-age seconds Enter the keywords max-age then the time interval, in seconds, that Dell Networking OS waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40 seconds. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Quality of Service (QoS) 45 The Dell Networking operating software commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. QoS commands are not universally supported on all Dell Networking Products.S4820T platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • Global Configuration Commands • Per-Port QoS Commands • Policy-Based QoS Commands Global Configuration Commands There is only one global configuration QoS command.
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Per-Port QoS Commands Per-port QoS (port-based QoS) allows you to define the QoS configuration on a per-physical-port basis. dot1p-priority Assign a value to the IEEE 802.1p bits on the traffic this interface receives. S4820T Syntax dot1p-priority priority-value To delete the IEEE 802.1p configuration on the interface, use the no dot1ppriority command.
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The dot1p-priority command changes the priority of incoming traffic on the interface. The system places traffic marked with a priority in the correct queue and processes that traffic according to its queue.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and SSeries. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
33 44 55 66 77 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. To honor all incoming 802.
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. After you configure a unicast queue as strict-priority, that particular queue, on the entire chassis, is treated as a strict-priority queue. Traffic for a strict priority is scheduled before any other queues are serviced.
Version 8.3.1.9.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The unit of bandwidth percentage is 1%. If the sum of the bandwidth percentages given to all eight classes exceeds 100%, the bandwidth percentage automatically scales down to 100%. Related Commands qos-policy-output — creates a QoS output policy. class-map Create/access a class map.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Class-map names can be 32 characters. Layer2 available on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Expanded to add support for Layer 2.
Parameters interface-name Enter one of the following keywords: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (policy-map-input and policy-map-output; conf-qos-policy-in and conf-qos-policy-out; wred) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. The match ip dscp and match ip precedence commands are mutually exclusive. Up to 64 IP DSCP values can be matched in one match statement.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. The match ip precedence command and the match ip dscp command are mutually exclusive.
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Available on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. pre-Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map.
Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. match mac vlan Configure a match criterion for a class map based on VLAN ID. S4820T Syntax Parameters match mac vlan number number Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Parameters qos-policyname Enter the name of the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (policy-map-input and policy-map-output) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. This command is supported on S-Series, S6000 and S4810 under policy-mapinput mode only.
layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3. Defaults Layer 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3. Defaults Layer 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
port-set number Enter the keywords port-set then the line card’s port pipe. The range is from 0 or 1. all Enter the keyword all to apply to all line cards. wred-profile name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords wred-profile then your WRED profile name in character format (16 character maximum). Or use one of the pre-defined WRED profile names. Pre-defined Profiles: wred_drop, wred-ge_y, wred_ge_g, wred_teng_y, wred_teng_g.
• If strict priority is applied along with multicast-bandwidth, the effect of strict priority is on all ports where unicast and multicast bandwidth are applied. • When multicast bandwidth is assigned along with unicast bandwidth, first multicast bandwidth is reserved for that port, then the remaining unicast bandwidth configured is adjusted according to the bandwidth available after reserving for multicast bandwidth.
Usage Information This command does not uniquely identify a queue, but rather identifies only a set of queues. The WRED Curve is applied to all eight ingress Multicast queues. NOTE: The multicast-bandwidth option is not supported on queue ingress. If you attempt to use the multicast-bandwidth option, the following reject error message is generated: % Error:Bandwidth-percent is not allowed for ingress multicast. rate-police Specify the policing functionality on incoming traffic.
Usage Information The default burst size is 100Kb. If a different value is required, you must configure the burst size to the required value. Related Commands rate police — specifies traffic policing on the selected interface. qos-policy-input — creates a QoS output policy. rate-shape Shape traffic output as part of the designated policy. S4820T Syntax Parameters rate-shape [kbps] rate [burst-KB] kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps).
service-policy input Apply an input policy map to the selected interface. S4820T Syntax service-policy input policy-map-name [layer2] To remove the input policy map from the interface, use the no service-policy input policy-map-name [layer2] command. Parameters policy-mapname Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). You can identify an existing policy map or name one that does not yet exist.
service-policy output Apply an output policy map to the selected interface. S4820T Syntax service-policy output policy-map-name To remove the output policy map from the interface, use the no servicepolicy output policy-map-name command. Parameters policy-mapname Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). You can identify an existing policy map or name one that does not yet exist.
Parameters queue-id Enter the value used to identify a queue. The range is from 0 to 7. class-map class-mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword class-map then the class map name assigned to the queue in character format (16 character maximum). NOTE: This option is available under policy-mapinput only. qos-policy qos-policyname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords qos-policy then the QoS policy name assigned to the queue in text format (16 characters maximum).
set Mark outgoing traffic with a differentiated service code point (DSCP) or dot1p value. S4820T Syntax Parameters set {ip-dscp value | mac-dot1p value} ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-in) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell#show qos class-map Class-map match-any CM Match ip access-group ACL Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. show qos dot1p-queue-mapping Displays the dot1p priority to queue mapping on the switch.
show qos policy-map View the QoS policy map information. S4820T Syntax Parameters show qos policy-map {summary [interface] | detail} summary interface detail interface To view a policy map interface summary, enter the keyword summary and optionally one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
1 CM1q1 2 CM2q2 3 CM3q3 4 CM4q4 5 CM5q5 6 CM6q6 7 CM7q7 Dell# Example (IPv6) Dell# show qos policy-map detail Tegigabitethernet 0/0 Interface TeGigabitEthernet 8/29 Policy-map-input pmap1 Queue# Class-map-name Qos-policy-name 0 c0 q0 1 c1 q1 2 c2 q2 3 c3 q3 4 c4 q4 5 c5 6 c6 q6 7 c7 q7 Dell# Example (Summary IPv4) Dell#sho qos policy-map summary Interface policy-map-input policy-map-output Gi 4/1 PM1 Gi 4/2 PM2 PMOut Dell# show qos policy-map-input View the input QoS policy map details.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Example Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show qos qos-policy-input Qos-policy-input QosInput Rate-police 100 50 peak 100 50 Dscp 32 Dell# show qos qos-policy-output View the output QoS policy details. S4820T Syntax Parameters show qos qos-policy-output [qos-policy-name] qos-policyname Enter the QoS policy name.
Wred yellow 1 Wred green 1 show qos statistics View QoS statistics. S4820T Syntax Parameters show qos statistics {wred-profile [interface]} | [interface] wred-profile interface interface Enter the keywords wred-profile and optionally one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 40–Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
show qos wred-profile View the WRED profile details. S4820T Syntax Parameters show qos wred-profile wred-profile-name wred-profilename Enter the WRED profile name to view the profile details. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
test cam-usage Check the Input Policy Map configuration for the CAM usage. S4820T Syntax Parameters test cam-usage service-policy input policy-map stack-unit {[number port-set portpipe number] | [all]} policy-map Enter the policy map name. stackunitnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stackunit slot number. port-set portpipe number Enter the keywords port-set then the stack-unit port pipe number. The range is from 0 or 1.
Field Description stack-unit Indicates the stack-unit slot number. Portpipe Indicates the portpipe number. CAM Partition The CAM space where the rules are added. Available CAM Indicates the free CAM space, in the partition, for the classification rules. NOTE: The CAM entries reserved for the default rules are not included in the Available CAM column; free entries, from the default rules space, cannot be used as a policy map for the classification rules.
Allowed (2) Dell# threshold Specify the minimum and maximum threshold values for the configured WRED profiles. S4820T Syntax threshold min number max number max-drop-probability To remove the threshold values, use the no threshold min number max number command. Parameters min number Enter the keyword min then the minimum threshold number for the WRED profile. The range is from 1 to 9360.
trust Specify dynamic classification (DSCP) or dot1p to trust. S4820T Syntax Parameters trust {diffserv [fallback]| dot1p [fallback]} diffserv Enter the keyword diffserv to specify trust of DSCP markings. dot1p Enter the keyword dot1p to specify trust dot1p configuration. fallback Enter the keyword fallback to classify packets according to their DSCP value as a secondary option in case no match occurs against the configured class maps.
DSCP/CP hex Range (XXX) DSCP Definition Traditional IP Precedenc e S6000 Internal Queue ID S-Series Internal Queue ID DSCP/CP Decimal 111XXX Network Control 7 3 48–63 110XXX Internetwo rk Control 6 3 48–63 101XXX EF (Expedited Forwarding ) CRITIC/EC P 5 2 32–47 100XXX AF4 (Assured Forwarding ) Flash Override 4 2 32–47 011XXX AF3 Flash 3 1 16–31 010XXX AF2 Immediate 2 1 16–31 001XXX AF1 Priority 1 0 0–15 000XXX BE (Best Effort) Best Effort 0 0 0–15 wred Des
Defaults When WRED green is applied, default WRED yellow profiles take effect and viceversa. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-out) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. When you enable wred ecn, and the number of packets in the queue is below the minimum threshold, packets are transmitted per the usual WRED treatment.
If green profile is applied, default yellow also take effect and vice-versa. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) 46 Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking operating software supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2) on the S4820T platform. The Dell Networking OS implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
clear ip rip Update all the RIP routes in the Dell Networking OS routing table. S4820T Syntax clear ip rip Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. database (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword database to display messages when there is a change to the RIP database.
To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to enable the switch software to always advertise the default route. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number as the metric value. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route-map. Defaults Disabled. Metric: 1.
Parameters number Specify a number. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
Defaults weight = 120 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.
interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/ port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
ip poison-reverse Set the prefix of the RIP routing updates to the RIP infinity value. S4820T Syntax ip poison-reverse To disable poison reverse, use the no ip poison-reverse command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 2 for RIP version 2. Defaults RIPv1 and RIPv2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
Defaults RIPv1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip poison-reverse — sets the prefix for RIP routing updates. maximum-paths Set RIP to forward packets over multiple paths.
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. RIP supports a maximum of 16 ECMP paths. neighbor Define a neighbor router with which to exchange RIP information. S4820T Syntax neighbor ip-address To delete a neighbor setting, use the no neighbor ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format, of a router with which to exchange information. Defaults Not configured.
To ensure that only specific interfaces are receiving and sending data, use the passive-interface command with the neighbor command. Related Commands passive-interface — sets the interface to only listen to RIP broadcasts. network Enable RIP for a specified network. To enable RIP on all networks connected to the switch, use this command. S4820T Syntax network ip-address To disable RIP for a network, use the no network ip-address command.
offset-list Specify a number to add to the incoming or outgoing route metrics learned using RIP. S4820T Syntax offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] To delete an offset list, use the no offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] command. Parameters prefix-listname Enter the name of an established Prefix list to determine which incoming routes are modified.
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When the offset metric is applied to an interface, that value takes precedence over an offset value that is not extended to an interface. Related Commands ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. output-delay Set the interpacket delay of successive packets to the same neighbor.
Usage Information This command is intended for low-speed interfaces. passive-interface Suppress routing updates on a specified interface. S4820T Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Although the passive interface does not send or receive routing updates, the network on that interface still includes in RIP updates sent using other interfaces. Related Commands neighbor — enables RIP for a specified network. network — defines a neighbor. redistribute Redistribute information from other routing instances.
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the default-information originate command. Related Commands default-information originate — generates a default route for RIP traffic. redistribute isis Redistribute routing information from an IS-IS instance.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. router rip To configure and enable RIP, enter ROUTER RIP mode. S4820T Syntax router rip To disable RIP, use the no router rip command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands network — enables RIP. exit — returns to CONFIGURATION mode. show config Display the changes you made to the RIP configuration. The default values are not shown. S4820T Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.
show ip rip database Display the routes that RIP learns. If the switch learned no RIP routes, no output is generated. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip rip database [ip-address mask] ip-address (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format to view RIP information on that network only. If you enter an IP address, also enter a mask for that IP address. mask (OPTIONAL) Specify a mask, in /network format, for the IP address.
Example Dell#show ip rip database Total number of routes in RIP database: 1624 204.250.54.0/24 [50/1] via 192.14.1.3, 00:00:12, GigabitEthernet 9/15 204.250.54.0/24 auto-summary 203.250.49.0/24 [50/1] via 192.13.1.3, 00:00:12, GigabitEthernet 9/14 203.250.49.0/24 auto-summary 210.250.40.0/24 [50/2] via 1.1.18.2, 00:00:14, Vlan 18 [50/2] via 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 210.250.40.0/24 auto-summary 207.250.53.0/24 [50/2] via 1.1.120.2, 00:00:55, Port-channel 20 [50/2] via 1.1.130.
Example show running-config rip ! router rip distribute-list Test1 in distribute-list Test21 out network 10.0.0.0 passive-interface GigabitEthernet 2/0 neighbor 20.20.20.20 redistribute ospf 999 version 2 timers basic Manipulate the RIP timers for routing updates, invalid, holddown times, and flush time. S4820T Syntax timers basic update invalid holddown flush To return to the default settings, use the no timers basic command.
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version the interface receives. ip rip send version — sets the RIP version the interface sends.
Remote Monitoring (RMON) 47 The Dell Networking operating software remote monitoring (RMON) is implemented on the S4820T platform. Dell Networking OS RMON is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
variable Enter the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3. The object type must be a 32-bit integer. interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table.
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon collection history Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface. S4820T Syntax rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} [owner name] [buckets number] [interval seconds] To remove a specified RMON history group of statistics collection, use the no rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} command.
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon collection statistics Enable RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface.
Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon event Add an event in the RMON event table. S4820T Syntax rmon event number [log] [trap community] [description string] [owner name] To disable RMON on an interface, use the no rmon event number [log] [trap community] [description string] command. Parameters number Assign an event number in integer format from 1 to 65535. The number value must be unique in the RMON event table. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to generate an RMON log entry.
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon hc-alarm Set an alarm on any MIB object. S4820T Syntax rmon hc-alarm number variable interval {delta | absolute} rising-threshold value event-number falling-threshold value event-number [owner string] To disable the alarm, use the no rmon hc-alarm number command. Parameters 1422 number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535.
If there is no corresponding falling-threshold event, the value is zero. owner string (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword owner then the owner name to specify an owner for the alarm. This is the alarmOwner object in the alarmTable of the RMON MIB. Defaults owner Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show rmon RMON status total memory used 218840 bytes.
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Index) Dell#show rmon alarm 1 RMON alarm entry 1 sample Interval: 5 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 sample type: absolute value. value: 255161 alarm type: rising or falling alarm.
show rmon events Display the contents of the RMON event table. S4820T Syntax Parameters show rmon events [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON event table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Dell# 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 show rmon hc-alarm Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity alarm table. S4820T Syntax Parameters show rmon hc-alarm [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON High-Capacity alarm table in an easy-to-read format.
Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Index) Dell#show rmon hc-alarm 1 RMON high-capacity alarm entry 1 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 sample interval: 5 sample type: absolute value. value: 185638 alarm type: rising or falling alarm. alarm rising threshold value: positive. rising threshold: 1001, RMON event index: 1 alarm falling threshold value: positive. falling threshold: 999, RMON event index: 6 alarm sampling failed 0 times. alarm owner: 1 alarm storage type: non-volatile.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Index) Dell#show rmon history 6001 RMON history control entry 6001 interface: ifIndex.
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example (Index) Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
HC 1024-1518 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 1024-1518 bytes packets: 0 Dell# Example (Brief) 1432 Dell#show rmon statistics br index ifIndex interface ---------------------------------------6001 100974631 TenGigabitEthernet 2/0 6002 100974631 TenGigabitEthernet 2/0 6003 101236775 TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 6004 101236775 TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 9001 134529054 TenGigabitEthernet 3/0 9002 134529054 TenGigabitEthernet 3/0 9003 134791198 TenGigabitEthernet 3/1 9004 134791198 TenGigabitEthernet 3/1 Dell# Remote Moni
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) 48 The Dell Networking operating software implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges. Dell Networking OS supports RSTP on the S4820T platform. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority for RSTP.
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode. debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol. S4820T Syntax debug spanning-tree rstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree rstp command. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations.
Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable RSTP globally on the system. S4820T Syntax disable To enable Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults RSTP is disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
forward-delay Configure the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. S4820T Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds that FTOS waits before transitioning RSTP to the forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
hello-time Set the time interval between the generation of the RSTP bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). S4820T Syntax hello-time [milli-second] seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. milli-second Enter the keywords milli-second to configure a hello time on the order of milliseconds.
Related Commands forward-delay — changes the wait time before RSTP transitions to the Forwarding state. max-age — changes the wait time before RSTP refreshes the protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the RSTP bridge. S4820T Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command.
hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. protocol spanning-tree rstp To configure RSTP, enter RSTP mode. S4820T Syntax protocol spanning-tree rstp To exit RSTP mode, use the exit command. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are displayed. S4820T Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example (Brief) • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.2.1 Added support for the optional guard keyword on the CSeries, S-Series, and E-Series TeraScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.4.1.
Gi 4/9 Altr 128.427 128 20000 BLK 20000 P2P Dell# Example (EDS, LBK) No NOTE: “LBK_INC” (bold) means Loopback BPDU Inconsistency. Dell#show spanning-tree rstp br Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
spanning-tree rstp Configure an RSTP interface with one of these settings: port cost, edge port with optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard, port priority, loop guard, or root guard. S4820T Syntax Parameters spanning-tree rstp {cost port-cost | edge-port [bpduguard [shutdown-on-violation]] | priority priority | {loopguard | rootguard}} cost port-cost Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.2.
• Example If no BPDU is received from a remote device, loop guard places the port in a Loop-Inconsistent Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. Dell(conf)#interface gigabitethernet 4/0 Dell(conf-if-gi-4/0)#spanning-tree rstp edge-port Dell(conf-if-gi-4/0)#show config ! interface GigabitEthernet 4/0 no ip address switchport spanning-tree rstp edge-port no shutdown Dell# tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification.
knob command to enable flushing MAC addresses after receiving every topology change notification.
Software-Defined Networking (SDN) 49 Dell Networking operating software supports Software-Defined Networking (SDN). For more information, refer to the SDN Deployment Guide.
50 Security Most of the commands in this chapter are available on the S4820T platform. This chapter contains various types of security commands offered in the Dell Networking operating software. The commands are listed in the following sections: • AAA Accounting Commands • Authorization and Privilege Commands • Authentication and Password Commands • RADIUS Commands • TACACS+ Commands • Port Authentication (802.
Parameters system Enter the keyword system to send accounting information of any other AAA configuration. exec Enter the keyword exec to send accounting information when a user has logged in to EXEC mode. commands level Enter the keyword command then a privilege level for accounting of commands executed at that privilege level. name | default Enter one of the following: • For name, enter a user-defined name of a list of accounting methods. • For default, the default accounting methods used.
Usage Information In the example above, TACACS+ accounting is used to track all usage of EXEC command and commands on privilege level 15. Privilege level 15 is the default. If you want to track usage at privilege level 1 for example, use the aaa accounting command 1 command. Example Dell(conf)# aaa accounting exec default start-stop tacacs+ Dell(conf)# aaa accounting command 15 default start-stop tacacs + Dell(config)# Related Commands enable password — changes the password for the enable command.
Usage Information Dell Networking OS issues accounting records for all users on the system, including users whose username string, due to protocol translation, is NULL. For example, a user who comes on line with the aaa authentication login method-list none command is applied. To prevent the accounting records from being generated for sessions that do not have user names associated to them, use the aaa accounting suppress command.
Authorization and Privilege Commands To set command line authorization and privilege levels, use the following commands. authorization Apply an authorization method list to terminal lines. S4820T Syntax Parameters authorization {exec | commands level} method-list exec Enter the keyword exec to apply an EXEC level accounting method list. commands level Enter the keywords commands level to apply an EXEC and CONFIGURATION level accounting method list.
aaa authorization commands Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands. S4820T Syntax aaa authorization commands level {name | default} {local || tacacs+ || none} Undo a configuration with the no aaa authorization commands level {name | default} {local || tacacs+ || none} command. Parameters commands level Enter the keyword commands then the command privilege level for command level authorization.
aaa authorization config-commands Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands. S4820T Syntax aaa authorization config-commands Disable authorization checking for CONFIGURATION level commands using the no aaa authorization config-commands command. Defaults Enabled when you configure aaa authorization commands command. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
local Use the authorization parameters on the system to perform authorization. tacacs+ Use the TACACS+ protocol to perform authorization. none Enter the keyword none to apply no authorization. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.
level level Enter the keyword level then a number for the access level. The range is from 0 to 15. Level 1 is EXEC mode and Level 15 allows access to all CLI modes and commands. reset Enter the keyword reset to return the security level to the default setting. command Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level. You can enter one or all of the keywords. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Level 1 is EXEC mode and Level 15 allows access to all CLI modes. Defaults level = 15 Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
method-listname Enter a text string (up to 16 characters long) to name the list of enabled authentication methods activated at login. method Enter one of the following methods: ... method2 • enable: use the password the enable password command defines in CONFIGURATION mode. • line: use the password the password command defines in LINE mode. • none: no authentication. • radius: use the RADIUS servers configured with the radius-server host command.
method. The TACACS+ is incorrect, but the user is still authenticated by the secondary method. Related Commands enable password — changes the password for the enable command. login authentication — enables AAA login authentication on the terminal lines. password — creates a password. radius-server host — specifies a RADIUS server host. tacacs-server host — specifies a TACACS+ server host. aaa authentication login Configure AAA Authentication method lists for user access to EXEC mode (Enable log-in).
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
radius-server host — specifies a RADIUS server host. tacacs-server host — specifies a TACACS+ server host. access-class Restrict incoming connections to a particular IP address in a defined IP access control list (ACL). S4820T Syntax access-class access-list-name To delete a setting, use the no access-class command. Parameters access-listname Enter the name of an established IP Standard ACL. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
enable password Change the password for the enable command. S4820T Syntax enable password [level level] [encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no enable password [encryption-type] password [level level] command. Parameters level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level then a number as the level of access. The range is from 1 to 15. encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 7 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter a 7 then a text string as the hidden password.
Usage Information To control access to command modes, use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command. Passwords must meet the following criteria: • Start with a letter, not a number. • Passwords can have a regular expression as the password. To create a password with a regular expression in it, use CNTL + v prior to entering regular expression. For example, to create the password abcd]e, you type “abcd CNTL v ]e”.
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Only Dell Networking Technical Support staff use this command. enable secret Change the password for the enable command.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
default Enter the keyword default to specify that the default method list, created in the aaa authentication login command, is applied to the terminal line. Defaults No authentication is performed on the console lines. Local authentication is performed on the virtual terminal and auxiliary lines. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
password Enter a text string up to 32 characters long. The first character of the password must be a letter. You cannot use spaces in the password. Defaults No password is configured. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
password-attributes Configure the password attributes (strong password). S4820T Syntax password-attributes [min-length number] [max-retry number] [character-restriction [upper number] [lower number] [numeric number] [special-char number]] To return to the default, use the no password-attributes [min-length number] [max-retry number] [character-restriction [upper number] [lower number] [numeric number] [special-char number]] command.
Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. password — specifies a password for users on terminal lines. service password-encryption Encrypt all passwords configured in Dell Networking OS. S4820T Syntax service password-encryption To store new passwords as clear text, use the no service passwordencryption command. Defaults Enabled.
key passwords, the privileged command password, and console and virtual terminal line access passwords. To view passwords, use the show running-config command. show privilege View your access level. S4820T Syntax show privilege Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all terminal lines in the switch. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Related Commands 1474 Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
timeout login response Specify how long the software waits for the login input (for example, the user name and password) before timing out. S4820T Syntax timeout login response seconds To return to the default values, use the no timeout login response command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds the software waits before logging you out. The range is: • VTY: the range is from 1 to 30 seconds, the default is 30 seconds.
username Establish an authentication system based on user names. S4820T Syntax username name [access-class access-list-name] [nopassword | {password | secret} [encryption-type] password] [privilege level] If you do not want a specific user to enter a password, use the nopassword option. To delete authentication for a user, use the no username name command. Parameters Defaults 1476 name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.4. (0.0) Usage Information Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. You can use this command to configure the group of Radius servers used for Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting purposes.
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip radius source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for RADIUS connections. S4820T Syntax ip radius source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip radius source-interface command.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server deadtime Configure a time interval during which non-responsive RADIUS servers to authentication requests are skipped.
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server group Creates or deletes a group of radius servers. S4820T Syntax Parameters radius-server group group-name group-name Enter the group name that denotes the group of RADIUS servers. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
radius-server host Configure a RADIUS server host. S4820T Syntax Parameters radius-server host {hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [auth-port port-number] [retransmit retries] [timeout seconds] [key [encryption-type] key] hostname Enter the name of the RADIUS server host. ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the RADIUS server host. auth-port portnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords auth-port then a number as the port number.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.
Related Commands login authentication — sets the database to be checked when a user logs in. radius-server key — sets an authentication key for RADIUS communications. radius-server retransmit — sets the number of times the RADIUS server attempts to send information. radius-server timeout — sets the time interval before the RADIUS server times out. radius-server key Configure a key for all RADIUS communications between the switch and the RADIUS host server.
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The key configured on the switch must match the key configured on the RADIUS server daemon. If you configure the key parameter in the radius-server host command, the key configured with the radius-server key command is the default key for all RADIUS communications. Related Commands radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host.
Related Commands Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host. radius-server timeout To reply to a request, configure the amount of time the RADIUS client (the switch) waits for a RADIUS host server . S4820T Syntax radius-server timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no radius-server timeout command.
radius-server vrf Create an association between a RADIUS server group and a VRF and source interface.. S4820T Syntax radius-server vrf vrf-name [source-interface interface] To delete the association between a RADIUS server group and a VRF and source interface, use the no radius-server vrf vrf-name [source-interface interface] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to associate a RADIUS server group with that VRF.
If VRF is not configured on the RADIUS group, then the group is considered to be on the default VRF. It is possible to use the default VRF name; however, you cannot configure the source interface with the default VRF as such a configuration results in conflicts between the source interfaces corresponding to the 802.1x supplicants on that default VRF. RADIUS groups and VRFs have one-to-one mapping. If a VRF is configured with one RADIUS group, then you cannot use the same VRF with another RADIUS group.
Usage Information If the TACACS group is not configured for Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting, then globally configured TACACS servers are used for the purposes. When the TACACS group is removed, the AAA configuration is also removed. Example Dell(conf)#tacacs-server group group1 Dell(conf-tacacs-group)#tacacs-server host 1.1.1.1 key secret Dell(conf-tacacs-group)#tacacs-server host 2.2.2.
ip tacacs source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for TACACS+ connections. S4820T Syntax ip tacacs source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip tacacs source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. tacacs-server group Creates a group of TACACS servers. S4820T Syntax tacacs-server group group-name To delete a group of TACACS servers, use the no tacacs-server group group-name command. Parameters group-name Enter the name of the TACACS server group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
tacacs-server host Specify a TACACS+ host. S4820T Syntax Parameters tacacs-server host {hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [port number] [timeout seconds] [key key] hostname Enter the name of the TACACS+ server host. ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the TACACS+ server host. port number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword port then a number as the port to be used by the TACACS+ server. The range is from zero (0) to 65535. The default is 49.
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. To list multiple TACACS+ servers to be used by the aaa authentication login command, configure this command multiple times. If you are not configuring the switch as a TACACS+ server, you do not need to configure the port, timeout and key optional parameters. If you do not configure a key, the key assigned in the tacacs-server key command is used. You can use duplicate host names or IP addresses among TACACS groups.
• For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16838. • For the Null interface, enter the keywords null 0. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a ten-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
tacacs-server key Configure a key for communication between a TACACS+ server and a client. S4820T Syntax tacacs-server key [encryption-type] key To delete a key, use the no tacacs-server key key command. Parameters encryptiontype key (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • 0 is the default and means the key is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the key is encrypted and hidden.
Port Authentication (802.1X) Commands An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. Dell Networking OS supports RADIUS and Active Directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x authentication (Interface) — enables dot1x on an interface. dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface; dot1x must be enabled both globally and at the interface level.
dot1x auth-fail-vlan Configure an authentication failure VLAN for users and devices that fail 802.1X authentication. S4820T Syntax dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts then number of attempts desired before authentication fails.
dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. S4820T Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series. 802.1X authentication is enabled when an interface is connected to the switch. If the host fails to respond within a designated amount of time, the authenticator places the port in the guest VLAN. If a device does not respond within 30 seconds, it is assumed that the device is not 802.
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, enter the no dot1x mac-authbypass command. dot1x max-eap-req Configure the maximum number of times an extensive authentication protocol (EAP) request is transmitted before the session times out.
dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | forceunauthorized} forceauthorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result. forceunauthorized Enter the keywords force-unauthorized to forcibly deauthorize a port. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. interface range — configures a range of interfaces. dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized.
dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out. S4820T Syntax dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X information on an interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters show dot1x interface interface interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/ port information.
Guest VLAN: Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Auth Type: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# Enable 10 Enable 11 3 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Initialize Initialize SSH Server and SCP Commands Dell Networking OS supports secure shell (SSH) protocol versions 1.5 and 2.0.
Defaults Key size 1024; if you enable FIPS mode, the key size is 2048. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
debug ip ssh Enables collecting SSH debug information. S4820T Syntax debug ip ssh {client | server} To disable debugging, use the no debug ip ssh {client | server} command. Parameters client Enter the keyword client to enable collecting debug information on the client. server Enter the keyword server to enable collecting debug information on the server. Defaults Disabled on both client and server. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters directory Enter a directory name. Defaults The internal flash (flash:) is the default directory. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command specifies the maximum number of attempts to authenticate a user on an SSH connection with the remote host for password authentication.
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ssh hostbased-authentication Enable hostbased-authentication for the SSHv2 server. S4820T Syntax ip ssh hostbased-authentication enable To disable hostbased-authentication for SSHv2 server, use the no ip ssh hostbased-authentication enable command. Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable hostbasedauthentication for SSHv2 server. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands ip ssh pub-key-file — public keys of trusted hosts from a file. ip ssh rhostsfile — trusted hosts and users for rhost authentication. ip ssh key-size Configure the size of the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. S4820T Syntax Parameters ip ssh key-size 512-869 512-869 Enter the key-size number for the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. The range is from 512 to 869. The default is 768. Defaults Key size 768 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable passwordauthentication for the SSH server. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command specifies the file used for the host-based authentication. The creates/ file overwrites the flash://ADMIN_DIR/ssh/knownhosts file and deletes the user-specified file.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
Version 9.4. (0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information If you configure a VRF for an SSH session, then you need not explicitly mention the same VRF for the SSH client sessions intended for that VRF. The vrf attribute in the ip ssh vrf command is applicable for both the SSH client as well as the COPY (SCP) commands. Example Dell(conf)#ip ssh vrf vrf1 Dell(conf)#do ssh 10.10.10.
Version 9.4. (0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information The source-interface interface attribute is applicable for both the SSH client as well as the COPY (SCP) commands. Using these attributes the client session tags an error to the user during run time, in case there is a mismatch between this command and the ip ssh vrf command. Example Dell(conf)#ip ssh source-interface tengigabitethernet 0/36 Dell(conf)#do ssh 10.10.10.
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command enables the SSH server and begins listening on a port. If a port is not specified, listening is on SSH default port 22. NOTE: Starting with Dell Networking OS Release 9.2(0.0), SSH server is enabled by default.
Version 9.4. (0.0) Usage Information Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. You can enable the SSH server on either a management VRF or a user defined VRF but not both. If no VRF is specified, then the SSH server is enabled on the default VRF. If the SSH server is enabled on a VRF with name vrf1, then use the following command to restart the SSH server on a VRF with name vrf2: ip ssh server vrf vrf2.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is useful if the remote SSH client implements Strict Host Key Checking.
Example Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command displays the contents of the flash://ADMIN_DIRssh/ knownhosts file. Example Dell#show ip ssh client-pub-keys poclab4,123.12.1.
vrf instance (OPTIONAL) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF Instance name to open an SSH connection to that instance. ipv4 address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format A.B.C.D. ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. -c encryption cipher Enter the following encryption cipher.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for the -c and -m parameters on the S4810. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 support. Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Dell Networking OS supports both inbound and outbound SSH sessions using IPv4 or IPv6 addressing.
Parameters trustdownstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router. vrf Enter the keyword vrf to include VRF related information in the Option 82. This configuration enables the relay agent to include VRF related information when it forwards the broadcasts from client to DHCP server. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information When enabled, no learning takes place until you enable snooping on a VLAN. After disabling DHCP Snooping, the binding table is deleted and Option 82, IP Source Guard, and Dynamic ARP Inspection are disabled. Related Commands ip dhcp snooping vlan — enables DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.
ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. S4820T Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable IP source guard. S4820T Syntax [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. When enabled, the system begins creating entries in the binding table for the specified VLANs. NOTE: Learning only happens if there is a trusted port in the VLAN. Related Commands ip dhcp snooping trust — configures an interface as trusted.
Service Provider Bridging 51 Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter. This chapter includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking operating software Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel.
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. in | out | both Enter the keyword in, out, or both to debug incoming interfaces, outgoing interfaces, or both incoming and outgoing interfaces.
Parameters rate-limit rate Enter the keyword rate-limit followed by a number for the rate-limit for tunneled packets on the VMAN. The range is from 64 to 320. stp Enter the keyword stp to enable protocol tunneling on a spanning tree, including STP, MSTP, RSTP, and PVST. Defaults none Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guid.
Defaults The default destination MAC is 01:01:e8:00:00:00. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Dell Networking OS must have the default CAM profile with the default microcode before you enable L2PT. protocol-tunnel rate-limit Enable traffic rate limiting per box. S4820T Syntax protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate To reset the rate limit to the default, use the no protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate command. Parameters rate Enter the rate in frames per second.
Related Commands show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. show running-config — displays the current configuration. show protocol-tunnel Display protocol tunnel information for all or a specified VLAN-Stack VLAN. S4820T Syntax Parameters show protocol-tunnel [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display information for the one VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094.
Gi1/2 Dell# Related Commands 2 STP, PVST show running-config — displays the current configuration.
sFlow 52 The Dell Networking operating software (OS) supports sFlow commands on the S4820T platform. Dell Networking operating software sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. S4820T Syntax sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipaddress | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] command.
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.2.3 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Version 8.4.1.1 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
sflow enable (Global) Enable sFlow globally. S4820T Syntax sflow enable To disable sFlow, use the no sflow enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking.
Defaults The Global default sampling. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Port-Channel Ethernet interface, enter the keyword port-channel then the slot/port information. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Gi 3/40: configured rate 16384, actual rate 16384, subsampling rate 1 Dell# 1554 sFlow
53 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. Both features are supported on the S4820T platform. The chapter contains the following sections: • SNMP Commands • Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking operating software.
show snmp Display the status of SNMP network elements. S4820T Syntax show snmp Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
show snmp engineID Display the identification of the local SNMP engine and all remote engines that are configured on the router. S4820T Syntax show snmp engineID Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
> snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.1.2.1.31 | grep -i alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to IF-MIB::ifAlias.134792448 = STRING: !------command run on Dell Networkingswitch: --------------! Dell#snmp ifmib ifalias long !------command run on server connected to switch: --------------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.1.2.1.31 | grep -i alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
NOTE: For IPv6 ACLs, only IPv6 and UDP types are valid for SNMP; TCP and ICMP rules are not valid for SNMP. In IPv6 ACLs, port rules are not valid for SNMP. Example Dell#config Dell(conf)# snmp-server community public ro Dell(conf)# snmp-server community guest ro security-name guestuser Dell(conf)# Example Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard snmp-ro-acl Dell(config-std-nacl)#seq 5 permit host 10.10.10.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command snmp-server enable traps Enable SNMP traps. S4820T Syntax snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notificationoption] To disable traps, use the no snmp-server enable traps [notificationtype] [notification-option] command.
• supply • temperature For the snmp notification-type, enter one of the following optional parameters: • authentication • coldstart • linkdown • linkup Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
Related Commands snmp-server community — enables SNMP and sets the community string. snmp-server engineID Configure the name for both the local and remote SNMP engines on the router. S4820T Syntax snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ip-address vrf vrf-name udp-port port-number engineID] To return to the default, use the no snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ip-address vrf vrf-name udp-port port-number engineID] command.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Changing the value of the SNMP Engine ID has important side effects.
Parameters group_name 1 | 2c | 3 Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) as the name of the group. The following groups are created for mapping to read/write community/security-names (defaults): • v1v2creadg — maps to a community/security-name with ro permissions. • 1v2cwriteg — maps to a community/security-name rw permissions. (OPTIONAL) Enter the security model version number (1, 2c, or 3): • 1 is the least secure version. • 3 is the most secure of the security modes.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
To remove the SNMP host, use the no snmp-server host ip-address [vrf vrf-name] traps | informs [version 1 | 2c | 3] [auth | noauth | priv] [community-string] [udp-port number] [notification-type] command. Parameters ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address of the host (configurable hosts is limited to 16). ipv6-address Enter the keyword host then the IPv6 address of the host in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
NOTE: For version 1 and version 2c security models, this string represents the name of the SNMP community. The string can be set using this command; however, Dell Networking OS recommends setting the community string using the snmp-server community command before executing this command. For version 3 security model, this string is the USM user security name. udp-port portnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords udp-port followed by the port number of the remote host to use. The range is from 0 to 65535.
Version 9.1(0.0) Added support for config and ecmp traps. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for VRRP traps. Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for STP and xSTP notification types. Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Related Commands 4. Enable traps. 5. Configure a host to receive informs. snmp-server enable traps — enables SNMP traps. snmp-server community — configures a new community SNMPv1 or SNMPv2c. snmp-server location Configure the location of the SNMP server. S4820T Syntax snmp-server location text To delete the SNMP location, use the no snmp-server location command. Parameters text Enter an alpha-numeric text string, up to 55 characters long. Defaults Not configured.
snmp-server packetsize Set the largest SNMP packet size permitted. Wen the SNMP server is receiving a request or generating a reply, use the snmp-server packetsize global configuration command. S4820T Syntax Parameters snmp-server packetsize byte-count byte-count Enter one of the following values 8, 16, 24 or 32. Packet sizes are 8000 bytes, 16000 bytes, 32000 bytes, and 64000 bytes. Defaults 8 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
• For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
snmp-server user Configure a new user to an SNMP group.
The default is 1. encrypted (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword encrypted to specify the password appear in encrypted format (a series of digits, masking the true characters of the string). auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption. md5 | sha (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword md5 or sha to designate the authentication level.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information NOTE: For IPv6 ACLs, only IPv6 and UDP types are valid for SNMP. TCP and ICMP rules are not valid for SNMP. In IPv6 ACLs port rules are not valid for SNMP.
snmp-server user (for AES128-CFB Encryption) Specify that AES128-CFB encryption algorithm needs to be used for transmission of SNMP information. The Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) Cipher Feedback (CFB) 128-bit encryption algorithm is in compliance with RFC 3826. RFCs for SNMPv3 define two authentication hash algorithms, namely, HMACMD5-96 and HMAC-SHA1-96. These are the full forms or editions of the truncated versions, namely, HMAC-MD5 and HMAC-SHA1 authentication algorithms.
You cannot modify the FIPS mode if SNMPv3 users are already configured and present in the system. An error message is displayed if you attempt to change the FIPS mode by using the fips mode enable command in Global Configuration mode. You can enable or disable FIPS mode only if SNMPv3 users are not previously set up. Otherwise, you must remove the previously configured users before you change the FIPS mode.
snmp-server view Configure an SNMPv3 view. S4820T Syntax snmp-server view view-name oid-tree {included | excluded} To remove an SNMPv3 view, use the no snmp-server view view-name oidtree {included | excluded} command. Parameters view-name Enter the name of the view (not to exceed 20 characters). oid-tree Enter the OID sub tree for the view (not to exceed 20 characters). included (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword included to include the MIB family in the view.
Example Dell# conf Dell#(conf) snmp-server view rview 1.3.6.1 included Related Commands show running-config snmp — displays the SNMP running configuration. snmp trap link-status Enable the interface to send SNMP link traps, which indicate whether the interface is up or down. S4820T Syntax snmp trap link-status To disable sending link trap messages, use the no snmp trap link-status command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
clear logging Clear the messages in the logging buffer. S4820T Syntax clear logging Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging buffered — sets the logging buffered parameters. default logging console Return the default settings for messages logged to the console.
default logging monitor Return to the default settings for messages logged to the terminal. S4820T Syntax default logging monitor Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging trap — limit messages logged to the Syslog servers based on severity. logging Configure an IP address or host name of a Syslog server where logging messages are sent.
Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
each message. The range is from 40960 to 524288. The default is 40960 bytes. Defaults level = 7; size = 40960 bytes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
Parameters level (OPTIONAL) Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 7 or debugging. Defaults level = 7; size = debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
• auth (authorization system) • cron (Cron/at facility) • deamon (system deamons) • kern (kernel) • local0 (local use) • local1 (local use) • local2 (local use) • local3 (local use) • local4 (local use) • local5 (local use) • local6 (local use) • local7 (local use) • lpr (line printer system) • mail (mail system) • news (USENET news) • sys9 (system use) • sys10 (system use) • sys11 (system use) • sys12 (system use) • sys13 (system use) • sys14 (system use) • syslog
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging — enables logging to a Syslog server. logging on — enables logging. logging history Specify which messages are logged to the history table of the switch and the SNMP network management station (if configured). S4820T Syntax logging history level To return to the default values, use the no logging history command.
Related Commands show logging — displays information logged to the history buffer. logging history size Specify the number of messages stored in the Dell Networking logging history table. S4820T Syntax logging history size size To return to the default values, use the no logging history size command. Parameters size Indicate a value as the number of messages to be stored. The range is from 0 to 500. The default is 1 message.
logging monitor Specify which messages are logged to Telnet applications. S4820T Syntax logging monitor [level] To disable logging to terminal connections, use the no logging monitor command. Parameters level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 7 or debugging.
logging on Specify that debug or error messages are asynchronously logged to multiple destinations, such as the logging buffer, Syslog server, or terminal lines. S4820T Syntax logging on To disable logging to logging buffer, Syslog server and terminal lines, use the no logging on command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
logging source-interface Specify that the IP address of an interface is the source IP address of Syslog packets sent to the Syslog server. S4820T Syntax logging source-interface interface To disable this command and return to the default setting, use the no logging source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Syslog messages contain the IP address of the interface used to egress the router. By configuring the logging source-interface command, the Syslog packets contain the IP address of the interface configured.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information When you enable logging synchronous, unsolicited messages appear between software prompts and outputs. Only the messages with a severity at or below the set level are sent to the console.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series, S55. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information To block a type of message parameter, set the logging trap level to a lower number. For example, to block severity messages at level 6, set the level to 5.
Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Oct 8 09:26:25: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Connection with neighbor 1.1.14.2 closed. Neighbor recycled --More-Example (History) Dell#show logging history Syslog History Table: 1 maximum table entries, saving level Warnings or higher SNMP notifications not Enabled %RPM:0:0 %CHMGR-2-LINECARDDOWN - Line card 3 down - IPC timeout Dell# show logging driverlog stack-unit Display the driver log for the specified stack member.
terminal monitor Configure the Dell Networking OS to display messages on the monitor/terminal. S4820T Syntax terminal monitor To return to default settings, use the terminal no monitor command. defaults Disabled. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
54 SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking operating software. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART WARM_START SNMP WARMSTART COPY_CONFIG_COMPLETE SNMP NONE SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP AUTH EGP_NEIGHBOR_LOSS SNMP NONE OSTATE_DOWN SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP NONE SNMP NONE %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option SNMP NONE SNMP NONE NONE NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE CHM_CARD_PROBLEM ENVMON NONE CHM_ALARM_CUTOFF ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_UP ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_DOWN ENVMON NONE CHM_RPM_UP ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_FALLING_THRESHOLD: RMON falling threshold alarm from SNMP OID RMON_HC_RISHING_THRESHOLD %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_HC_RISING_THRESHOLD: RMON high-capacity rising threshold alarm from SNMP OID R
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP %RAM-5-FAST_FAILOVER: RPM Failover Completed CHM_SFM_ADD %TSM-5-SFM_DISCOVERY: Found SFM 1 CHM_SFM_REMOVE %TSM-5-SFM_REMOVE: Removed SFM 1 CHM_MAJ_SFM_DOWN %CHMGR-0-MAJOR_SFM: Major alarm: Switch fabric down CHM_MAJ_SFM_DOWN_CLR %CHMGR-5-MAJOR_SFM_CLR: Major alarm cle
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE %CHMRG-5-MINOR_TEMP_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: chassis temperature normal (%s %d temperature is within threshold of %dC) CHM_MAJ_ALRM_TEMP %CHMGR-2-MAJOR_TEMP: Major alarm: chassis temperature high (%s temperature reaches or exceeds threshold of %dC) CHM_MAJ_ALRM_TEMP_CLR %CHMGR-2-MAJOR_TEMP_CLR: Major alarm cleared: chassis temperature lower (%s %d temperature is wi
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE %TME-2-ABNORMAL_TASK_TERMINATION: CRASH - task:%s %s CHM_CPU_THRESHOLD %CHMGR-5-CPU_THRESHOLD: Cpu %s usage above threshold. Cpu5SecUsage (%d) CHM_CPU_THRESHOLD_CLR %CHMGR-5-CPU_THRESHOLD_CLR: Cpu %s usage drops below threshold. Cpu5SecUsage (%d) CHM_MEM_THRESHOLD %CHMGR-5-MEM_THRESHOLD: Memory %s usage above threshold.
Stacking 55 All commands in this chapter are specific to the Dell Networking operating software on the S4820T platform. The commands are always available and operational, whether the S-Series has a stacking module inserted. You can use the commands to pre-configure a switch, so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to other S-Series units.
Parameters stack-unit Enter the stack-unit number. For the S4820T, the range is from 0 to 11. members This is all stack-units. Defaults Disabled (the failed switch is automatically rebooted). Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.0 Added the members option. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
reset stack-unit Reset any designated stack member except the management unit (master unit). S4820T Syntax Parameters reset stack-unit hard stack-unit Enter the stack-unit number. For the S4820T, the range is from 0 to 11. hard Reset the stack unit if the unit is in a problem state. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
7 8 9 10 11 Related Commands Member Member Member Member Member not not not not not present present present present present • reload – reboots Dell Networking OS. • upgrade system stack-unit (S-Series stack member) – resets the designated SSeries stack member. show redundancy Display the current redundancy configuration (status of automatic reboot configuration on stack management unit).
-----------------------------------------------Auto reboot : Enabled -- Stack-unit Status ------------------------------------------------Mgmt ID: 0 Stack-unit ID: 0 Stack-unit Redundancy Role: Primary Stack-unit State: Active Stack-unit SW Version: 7.7.1.0 Link to Peer: Up -- PEER Stack-unit Status ------------------------------------------------Stack-unit State: Standby Peer stack-unit ID: 1 Stack-unit SW Version: 7.7.1.
topology Defaults Command Modes Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword topology to limit the table to just the Interface and Connection fields. none • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.
(Gb/s) Status Status ---------------------------------------0/49 12 up up 0/50 12 up down 0/51 24 up up 1/49 12 up up 1/50 12 up up 2/49 24 up up 2/51 12 up up 2/52 12 up down Dell# Example (Topology) Dell# show system stack-ports topology Topology: Ring Interface Connection ---------------------0/49 1/49 0/50 0/51 2/49 1/49 0/49 1/50 2/51 2/49 0/51 2/51 1/50 2/52 Dell# Related Commands • • • • reset stack-unit – resets the designated stack member.
Defaults 0 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. • reload – reboots Dell Networking OS. • show system (S-Series and Z-Series) – displays the status of all stack members or a specific member.
Usage Information The following message displays to confirm the command. Setting ports Fo 0/60 as stack group will make their interface configs obsolete after a reload.[confirm yes/no]: If “y” is entered, all non-default configurations on any member ports of the current stack group will be removed when the unit is rebooted.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information To reboot using the new image, use the upgrade boot system stack-unit command. Related Commands • reload — reboots Dell Networking OS. • reset stack-unit — resets the designated stack member. • show system (S-Series and Z-Series) — displays the status of all stack members or a specific member.
Storm Control 56 The Dell Networking operating software storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and SSeries). Storm control is supported on the Dell Networking S4820T platforms. Important Points to Remember • Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported).
show storm-control broadcast Display the storm control broadcast configuration. S4820T Syntax Parameters show storm-control broadcast [interface] interface Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface-specific storm control configuration: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/ port information.
show storm-control multicast Display the storm control multicast configuration. S4820T Syntax Parameters show storm-control multicast [interface] interface Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface specific storm control configuration: • For Fast Ethernet, enter the keyword Fastethernet then the slot/port information.
show storm-control unknown-unicast Display the storm control unknown-unicast configuration. S4820T Syntax Parameters show storm-control unknown-unicast [interface] interface Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface specific storm control configuration: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then y the slot/port information.
storm-control broadcast (Configuration) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in the network. S4820T Syntax storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast rate-limiting, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters percentagedeci mal_value in | out Enter the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in or out of the network. Optionally, you can designate a decimal value percentage, for example, 55.5%. The decimal range is from .
storm-control broadcast (Interface) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). S4820T Syntax storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters packets_per_se cond in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
storm-control multicast (Configuration) Configure the packets per second (pps) of multicast traffic allowed into the C-Series and S-Series networks only. S4820T Syntax storm-control multicast packets_per_second in To disable storm-control for multicast traffic into the network, use the no stormcontrol multicast packets_per_second in command. Parameters packets_per_se cond in Enter the packets per second of multicast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
storm-control multicast (Interface) Configure the percentage of multicast traffic allowed on an C-Series or S-Series interface (ingress only) network only. S4820T Syntax storm-control multicast packets_per_second in To disable multicast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control multicast packets_per_second in command. Parameters packets_per_se cond in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
• 100% allows all traffic into the interface. The decimal range is from 0.1 to 0.9. wred-profile name E-Series Only: (Optionally) Enter the keywords wredprofile followed by the profile name to designate a wredprofile. packets_per_se cond in C-Series and S-Series Only: Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554431. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) 57 The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP) and are supported on the S4820T Dell Networking switch/routing platform. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree. S4820T Syntax bridge-priority {priority-value | primary | secondary} To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value.
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. bpdu-destination-mac-address Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs. S4820T Syntax Parameters bpdu-destination-mac-address [stp | gvrp] provider-bridge-group xstp Force STP, RSTP, and MSTP to use the Provider Bridge Group address as the destination MAC address in its BPDUs. gvrp Forces GVRP to use the Provider Bridge GVRP Address as the destination MAC address in its PDUs.
Parameters stp-id Enter zero (0). The switch supports one spanning tree group with a group ID of 0. protocol Enter the keyword for the type of STP to debug, either mstp, pvst, or rstp. all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations. bpdu (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bpdu to debug bridge protocol data units. config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug configuration information. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug STP events.
description Enter a description of the spanning tree. S4820T Syntax description {description} To remove the description from the spanning tree, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the spanning tree (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-stp”.) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs.
Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the spanning tree bridge.
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. protocol spanning-tree To enable and configure the spanning tree group, enter SPANNING TREE mode. S4820T Syntax protocol spanning-tree stp-id To disable the Spanning Tree group, use the no protocol spanning-tree stp-id command.
Usage Information STP is not enabled when you enter SPANNING TREE mode. To enable STP globally on the switch, use the no disable command from SPANNING TREE mode. Example Dell(conf)#protocol spanning-tree 0 Dell(config-stp)# Related Commands disable — disables spanning tree group 0. To enable spanning tree group 0, use the no disable command. show config Display the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values display.
show spanning-tree 0 Display the spanning tree group configuration and status of interfaces in the spanning tree group. S4820T Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree 0 [active | brief | guard | interface interface | root | summary] 0 Enter 0 (zero) to display information about that specific spanning tree group. active (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword active to display only active interfaces in spanning tree group 0.
Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Added support for the optional guard keyword on the CSeries, S-Series, and E-Series TeraScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Enable spanning tree group 0 prior to using this command. The following describes the show spanning-tree 0 command shown in the example. Field Description “Bridge Identifier...
Example Dell#show spann 0 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.0a56 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 We are the root of the spanning tree Current root has priority 32768 address 0001.e800.
Usage Information Example (Guard) The following describes the show spanning-tree 0 guard command shown in the example. Field Description Interface Name STP interface. Instance STP 0 instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), or shut down (EDS Shut). Guard Type Type of STP guard configured (Root, Loop, or BPDU guard).
loopguard Enter the keyword loopguard to enable STP loop guard on a port or port-channel interface. rootguard Enter the keyword rootguard to enable STP root guard on a port or port-channel interface. portfast [bpduguard [shutdown-onviol ation]] Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into Forwarding mode immediately after the root fails. Enter the optional keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU.
The port is in ERR_DISABLE mode, yet appears in the show interface commands as enabled. If you do not enable shutdown-on-violation, BPDUs are still sent to the RPM CPU. STP loop guard and root guard are supported on a port or port-channel enabled in any Spanning Tree mode: Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), and Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+).
System Time and Date 58 The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking operating software, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, refer to the “Network Time Protocol” section of the Management chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can change the order of the month and day parameters to enter the time and date as time day month year. In the switch, the hardware clock is separate from the software and is called the calendar.
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. In the switch, the hardware clock is separate from the software and is called the calendar. This hardware clock runs continuously.
end-day Enter the number of the day. The range is from 1 to 31. You can enter the name of a month to change the order of the display to time day month year. end-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. You can enter the name of a day to change the order of the display to time day month year. end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm. end-year Enter a four-digit number as the year. The range is from 1993 to 2035.
clock summer-time recurring Set the software clock to convert to daylight saving time on a specific day each year. S4820T Syntax clock summer-time time-zone recurring [start-week start-day start-month start-time end-week end-day end-month end-time [offset]] To delete a daylight saving time zone configuration, use the no clock summertime command. Parameters time-zone Enter the three-letter name for the time zone. This name is displayed in the show clock output. You can enter up to eight characters.
end-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes:seconds. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15:00 is 5:15 pm. offset (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes to add during the summer-time period. The range is from 1 to 1440. The default is 60 minutes. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
clock timezone Configure a timezone for the switch. S4820T Syntax clock timezone timezone-name offset To delete a timezone configuration, use the no clock timezone command. Parameters timezonename Enter the name of the timezone. You cannot use spaces. offset Enter one of the following: • a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours in addition to universal time coordinated (UTC) for the timezone. • a minus sign (-) then a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours. Defaults Not configured.
debug ntp Display network time protocol (NTP) transactions and protocol messages for troubleshooting. S4820T Syntax debug ntp {adjust | all | authentication | events | loopfilter | packets | select | sync} To disable debugging of NTP transactions, use the no debug ntp {adjust | all | authentication | events | loopfilter | packets | select | sync} command. Parameters adjust Enter the keyword adjust to display information on NTP clock adjustments.
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp authenticate Enable authentication of NTP traffic between the switch and the NTP time serving hosts. S4820T Syntax ntp authenticate To disable NTP authentication, use the no ntp authentication command. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ntp broadcast client Set up the interface to receive NTP broadcasts from an NTP server. S4820T Syntax ntp broadcast client To disable broadcast, use the no ntp broadcast client command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 multicast addresses. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show calendar Display the current date and time based on the switch hardware clock. S4820T Syntax show calendar Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands show clock — displays the time and date from the switch software clock. show clock Display the current clock settings. S4820T Syntax Parameters show clock [detail] detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view the source information of the clock. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Related Commands clock summer-time recurring — displays the time and date from the switch hardware clock. show calendar — displays the time and date from the switch hardware clock. show ntp associations Display the NTP master and peers. S4820T Syntax show ntp associations Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Field Description • ~ means the peer is statically configured. remote Displays the remote IP address of the NTP peer. ref clock Displays the IP address of the remote peer’s reference clock. st Displays the peer’s stratum, that is, the number of hops away from the external time source. A 16 in this column means the NTP peer cannot reach the time source. when Displays the last time the switch received an NTP packet. poll Displays the polling interval (in seconds).
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ntp status command shown in the Example below.
59 u-Boot All commands in this chapter are in u-Boot and are supported on the Dell Networking S4820T platform only. To access this mode, press any key when the following line appears on the console during a system boot. Hit any key to stop autoboot: Enter u-Boot immediately, as the => prompt indicates. NOTE: This chapter describes only a few commands available in u-Boot. The commands included here are those commands that are comparable to those commands found in Boot User mode on other S-Series systems.
bootdelay=5 loads_echo=1 rootpath=/opt/nfsroot hostname=unknown loadaddr=640000 ftpuser=force10 ftppasswd=force10 uboot=u-boot.bin tftpflash=tftpboot $loadaddr $uboot; protect off 0xfff80000 + $filesize; erase 0x fff80000 +$filesize; cp.b $loadaddr 0xfff80000 $filesize; protect on 0xfff80000 +$filesize; cmp.b $loadaddr 0xfff80000 $filesize ethact=eTSEC1 ethaddr=00:01:E8:82:09:B2 serverip=10.11.9.4 primary_boot=f10boot tftp://10.11.9.
reset Reload the S4820T system. S4820T Syntax reset Command Modes uBoot Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
setenv Configure system settings. S4820T Syntax Parameters setenv [gatewayip address | primary_image f10boot location | secondary_image f10boot location | default_image f10boot location | ipaddre address | ethaddr address | enablepwdignore | stconfigignore] gatewayip address Enter the IP address for the default gateway. primary_image Enter the keywords primary_image to configure the boot parameters used in the first attempt to boot Dell Networking OS.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. u-Boot Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
60 Tunneling Tunneling is supported on the S4820T platform. tunnel-mode Enable a tunnel interface. S4820T Syntax tunnel mode {ipip | ipv6 | ipv6ip}[decapsulate-any] To disable an active tunnel interface, use the no tunnel mode command. Parameters ipip Enable tunnel in RFC 2003 mode and encapsulate IPv4 and/or IPv6 datagrams inside an IPv4 tunnel. ipv6 Enable tunnel in RFC 2473 mode and encapsulate IPv4 and/or IPv6 datagrams inside an IPv6 tunnel.
Configuration of IPv6 commands over decapsulate-any tunnel causes an error. tunnel source Set a source address for the tunnel. S4820T Syntax tunnel source {ip-address | ipv6–address | interface-typenumber | anylocal} To delete the current tunnel source address, use the no tunnel source command. Parameters ip-address Enter the source IPv4 address in A.B.C.D format. ipv6–address Enter the source IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format.
to any IPv4 or IPv6 (depending on the tunnel mode) address configured on the switch that is operationally Up. tunnel keepalive Configure the tunnel keepalive target, interval and attempts. S4820T Syntax tunnel keepalive {ip-address | ipv6-address}[interval {seconds}] [attempts {count | unlimited}] To disable the tunnel keepalive probes use the no tunnel keepalive command. Parameters ip-address ipv6 address Enter the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the peer to which the keepalive probes will be sent.
of the far end tunnel peer, rather than to the tunnel destination. This reduces the chance of both ends of the tunnel staying in keepalive down state. If both ends get into a keepalive down state that does not clear in a few seconds, then performing shutdown - no shutdown sequence on one end should bring both ends back to up. tunnel allow-remote Configure an IPv4 or IPv6 address or prefix whose tunneled packets are accepted for decapsulation.
tunnel dscp Configure the method to set the DSCP in the outer tunnel header. S4820T Syntax tunnel dscp {mapped | } To use the default tunnel mapping behavior, use the no tunnel dscp value command. Parameters mapped Enter the keyword mapped to map the original packet DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) to the tunnel header DSCP (IPv4)/ Traffic Class (IPv6) depending on the mode of tunnel. value Enter a value to set the DSCP value in the tunnel header. The range is from 0 to 63.
Defaults 0 (Mapped original packet flow-label value to tunnel header flow-label value) Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History Usage Information Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000. This command is only valid for tunnel interfaces with an IPv6 outer header. tunnel hop-limit Configure the method to set the IPv4 time-to-live or the IPv6 hop limit value in the outer tunnel header.
tunnel destination Set a destination endpoint for the tunnel. S4820T Syntax tunnel destination {ip-address | ipv6–address} To delete a tunnel destination address, use the no tunnel destination {ipaddress | ipv6–address} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the destination IPv4 address for the tunnel. ipv6–address Enter the destination IPv6 address for the tunnel. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History Usage Information Version 9.3(0.
Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL Command History Usage Information Version 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z9000. The ip unnumbered command fails in two conditions: • If the logical ip address is configured. • If Tunnel mode is ipv6ip (where ip address over tunnel interface is not possible). To ping the unnumbered tunnels, the logical address route information must be present at both the ends.
• If Tunnel mode is ipv6ip (where ip address over tunnel interface is not possible). To ping the unnumbered tunnels, the logical address route information must be present at both the ends. NOTE: The ipv6 unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address. The tunnel interface is not changed to operationally up until the logical ip address is identified from the one of the address family.
Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) 61 Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link. UFD is supported on the S4820T Dell Networking platform. clear ufd-disable Re-enable one or more downstream interfaces on the switch/router that are in a UFD-Disabled Error state so that an interface can send and receive traffic.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Related Commands Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. clear ufd-disable — re-enables downstream interfaces that are in a UFD-Disabled Error state. description Enter a text description of an uplink-state group.
Related Commands uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. downstream Assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. S4820T Syntax downstream interface To delete an uplink-state group, enter the no downstream interface command.
Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. You can assign physical port or port-channel interfaces to an uplink-state group. You can assign an interface to only one uplink-state group. Configure each interface assigned to an uplink-state group as either an upstream or downstream interface, but not both. You can assign individual member ports of a port channel to the group.
Related Commands Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. • downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. • uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. downstream disable links Configure the number of downstream links in the uplink-state group that are disabled if one upstream link in an uplink-state group goes down.
Usage Information A user-configurable number of downstream interfaces in an uplink-state group are put into a link-down state with an UFD-Disabled error message when one upstream interface in an uplink-state group goes down. If all upstream interfaces in an uplink-state group go down, all downstream interfaces in the same uplink-state group are put into a link-down state. Related Commands • downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface.
show running-config uplink-state-group Display the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups. S4820T Syntax Parameters show running-config uplink-state-group [group-id] group-id Displays the current configuration of all uplink-state groups or a specified group. The valid group-id values are from 1 to 16. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show uplink-state-group Display status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. S4820T Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show uplink-state-group [group-id] [detail] group-id Displays status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. The valid group-id values are from 1 to 16. detail Displays additional status information on the upstream and downstream interfaces in each group none • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
13/5(Up) Te 13/6(Up) Uplink State Group : 5 Status: Enabled, Down Upstream Interfaces : Gi 0/0(Dwn) Gi 0/3(Dwn) Gi 0/5(Dwn) Downstream Interfaces : Te 13/2(Dis) Te 13/4(Dis) Te 13/11(Dis) Te 13/12(Dis) Te 13/13(Dis) Te 13/14(Dis) Te 13/15(Dis) Uplink State Group : 6 Status: Enabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Downstream Interfaces : Uplink State Group : 7 Status: Enabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Downstream Interfaces : Uplink State Group : 16 Status: Disabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Gi 0/41(Dwn) Po 8(Dwn)
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. After you enter the command, to assign upstream and downstream interfaces to the group, enter Uplink-State-Group Configuration mode. An uplink-state group is considered to be operationally up if at least one upstream interface in the group is in the Link-Up state.
• 40 Gigabit Ethernet: fortyGigE {slot/port | slot/ port-range} • Port channel: port-channel {1-512 | portchannel-range} Where port-range and port-channel-range specify a range of ports separated by a dash (-) and/or individual ports/port channels in any order; for example: gigabitethernet 1/1-2,5,9,11-12 port-channel 1-3,5. A comma is required to separate each port and portrange entry. Defaults none Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
• uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links.
VLAN Stacking 62 With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. The Dell Networking operating software supports this feature on the S4820T platform. For more information about basic VLAN commands, refer to the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in the Layer 2 chapter.
dei enable Make packets eligible for dropping based on their DEI value. S4820T Syntax dei enable Defaults Packets are colored green; no packets are dropped. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Instroduces on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information You must first enable DEI for this configuration to take effect. Related Commands dei enable – Make packets eligible for dropping based on their DEI value. member Assign a stackable VLAN access or trunk port to a VLAN.
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. E-Series original Command Usage Information You must enable the stackable VLAN (using the vlan-stack compatible command) on the VLAN prior to adding a member to the VLAN. Related Commands vlan-stack compatible — enables stackable VLAN on a VLAN.
Usage Information WARNING: The following message displays to confirm the command: All non-default configurations on the related member ports ports () will be removed. Do you want to continue (y/n)? If you enter “y”, all non-default configurations on any member ports of the current stack group is removed when the unit is rebooted. vlan-stack access Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as an access port to the stackable VLAN network.
vlan-stack compatible Enable the stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN. S4820T Syntax vlan-stack compatible To disable the Stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN, use the no vlan-stack compatible command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
5 Active Dell# M M M M Gi 13/4 Po1(Gi 13/14-15) Gi 13/18 Gi 13/5 vlan-stack dot1p-mapping Map C-Tag dot1p values to a S-Tag dot1p value. You can separate the C-Tag values by commas and dashed ranges are permitted. Dynamic mode CoS overrides any Layer 2 QoS configuration in case of conflicts.
vlan-stack protocol-type Define the stackable VLAN tag protocol identifier (TPID) for the outer VLAN tag (also called the VMAN tag). If you do not configure this command, Dell Networking OS assigns the value 0x9100. S4820T Syntax Parameters vlan-stack protocol-type number number Enter the hexadecimal number as the stackable VLAN tag. You may specify both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. The range is from 0 to FFFF. The default is 9100.
Related Commands Number Resulting TPID 81 0x0081 8100 0x8100 portmode hybrid — sets a port (physical ports only) to accept both tagged and untagged frames. A port configured this way is identified as a hybrid port in report displays. vlan-stack trunk — specifies a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. vlan-stack trunk Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network.
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. E-Series original Command Usage Information Prior to using this command, to place the interface in Layer 2 mode, execute the switchport command. To remove the trunk port designation, first remove the port (using the no member interface command) from all stackable VLAN-enabled VLANs. Starting with Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.
x - Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged G - GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack NUM Status Description * 1 Inactive 20 Active 100 Active Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# Example 2 Q Ports T Gi 0/42 M Gi 0/42 Dell(config)#vlan-stack protocol-type 88A8 Dell(config)#interface gigabitethernet 3/10 Dell(conf-if-gi-3/10)#no shutdown Dell(conf-if-gi-3/10)#switchport Dell(conf-if-gi-3/10)#vlan-stack access Dell(conf-if-gi-3/10)#exit Dell(config)#interface tenGigabitethernet 8/0 Dell(conf-if-te-10/0)#no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-10/0)#po
Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) 63 Virtual link trunking (VLT) is supported on the S4820T platform. VLT allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 then an IPv6 address in the X:X:X:X::X format. interval seconds Enter the keyword interval to specify the time interval to send hello messages. The range is from 1 to 5 seconds. The default is 1 second. Defaults 1 second Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.2(0.2) Added multicast and ndp parameters. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.
Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.
multicast peer-routing timeout Configure the time for a VLT node to retain synced multicast routes or synced multicast outgoing interface (OIF) after a VLT peer node failure. S4820T Syntax multicast peer-routing timeout value To restore the default value, use the no multicast peer-routing timeout command. Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 1200. The default is 150. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN (conf-vlt-domain) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.
Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. peer-routing-timeout Configure the delay after which peer routing is disabled when the peer is unavailable. This command is applicable for both IPV6/ IPV4. S4820T Syntax peer-routing-timeout value To restore the default value, use the no peer-routing-timeout command. Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default value is 0 (no timeout).
Default 32768 Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 8.3.19.
Usage Information The version shown in the show vlt brief output command displays the VLT version number which is different from the Dell Networking OS version number. VLT version numbers are begin with odd numbers such as 3 or 5.
HeartBeat Timeout: UDP Port: HeartBeat Messages Sent: HeartBeat Messages Received: 3 34998 1026 1025 show vlt counters Displays the counter information. S4820T Syntax Parameters show vlt counters [arp| igmp-snoop | interface | mac | ndp] arp Enter the keyword arp to display the ARP counter information for the VLT. igmp-snoop Enter the keywords igmp-snoop to display the igmpsnooping counter information for the VLT.
------------------------L2 Total MAC-Address Count : IGMP MRouter Vlans count : IGMP Mcast Groups count : ARP entries count : Example (igmp-snoop) Dell# show vlt counter igmp-snoop Total IGMP VLT counters ---------------------IGMP MRouter Vlans count : 1 IGMP Mcast Groups count : 5 Example (igmp-snoop interface portchannel) Dell#show vlt counter igmp-snoop interface port-channel 2 VLT Port-ID: 2 IGMP Counter ----------------------IGMP MRouter Vlans count : 0 IGMP Mcast Groups count : 5 Dell# show vlt cou
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
show vlt mismatch Display mismatches in VLT parameters. S4820T Syntax show vlt mismatch Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
show vlt role Displays the VLT peer status, role of the local VLT switch, VLT system MAC address and system priority, and the MAC address and priority of the local VLT device. S4820T Syntax show vlt role Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
show vlt statistics Displays statistics on VLT operations. S4820T Syntax Parameters show vlt statistics [arp | domain | igmp-snoop | mac | multicast | ndp] domain Display the VLT statistics for the domain. multicast Display the VLT statistics for multicast. mac Display the VLT statistics for the MAC address. arp Display the VLT statistics for ARP. igmp-snoop Display the VLT statistics for IGMP snooping. ndp Display the VLT statistics for NDP. Default Not configured.
ICL Hello's Received: Domain Mismatch Errors: Version Mismatch Errors: Config Mismatch Errors: 910 0 0 0 VLT MAC Statistics ---------------L2 Info Pkts sent:6, L2 Mac-sync Pkts Sent:0 L2 Info Pkts Rcvd:3, L2 Mac-sync Pkts Rcvd:2 L2 Reg Request sent:1 L2 Reg Request rcvd:2 L2 Reg Response sent:1 L2 Reg Response rcvd:1 VLT Igmp-Snooping Statistics ------------------------------IGMP Info Pkts sent: 4 IGMP Info Pkts Rcvd: 1 IGMP Reg Request sent: 1 IGMP Reg Request rcvd: 2 IGMP Reg Response sent: 1 IGMP Reg R
show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Displays the informational packets and IGMP control PDUs that are exchanged between VLT peer nodes. S4820T Syntax show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.
Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
Usage Information Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. When you create a VLT domain on a switch, Dell Networking OS automatically assigns a unique unit ID (0 or 1) to each peer switch. The unit IDs are used for internal system operations.
Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The VLT domain ID must be the same between the two VLT devices. If the domain ID is not the same, a syslog message is generated and VLT does not launch. Related Commands show vlt — uses the show vlt brief command to display the delay-restore value. vlt-peer-lag port-channel Associate the port channel to the corresponding port channel in the VLT peer for the VLT connection to an attached device.
show vlt private-vlan Display the association of private VLAN (PVLAN) with the VLT LAG. You can configure VLT peer nodes in a PVLAN on the S4820T platforms. Syntax show vlt private-vlan Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T platforms.
VLT Proxy Gateway 64 This chapter describes the VLT Proxy Gateway feature. proxy-gateway lldp Configure the LLDP proxy gateway S4820T Syntax proxy-gateway lldp Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Usage Information Version 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch.
proxy-gateway static Configure the VLT static proxy gateway S4820T Syntax [no] proxy-gateway static Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Version 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. Usage Information When proxy-gateway static configuration is made, the setting is saved in the Layer 2 application.
Command Modes Command History VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW STATIC Version 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. Usage Information You can configure the remote MAC address of the VLT peer to be associated with the static VLT proxy gateway and exclude a VLAN or a range of VLANs from proxy routing. This parameter is for a static VLT proxy gateway configuration.
Example Dell(conf)#vlt-domain 1 Dell(conf-vlt-domain)#proxy-gateway lldp Dell(conf-vlt-domain-proxy-gw-lldp)#peer-domain-link portchannel 20 exclude-vlan 3 proxy-gateway peer-timeout Configure the proxy-gateway VLT peer timeout value. S4820T Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History [no] peer-timeout value value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is infinity. VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Version 9.4(0.
Usage Information In a square VLT topology with only one link connecting remote peers, if you configure this command, any node has to send its VLT peer’s MAC address along with its own MAC address to the remote VLT domain. By default, a node will send only its own MAC address to the remote VLT domain. This parameter is applicable for an LLDP proxy gateway configuration. Example Dell(conf-vlt-domain-proxy-gw-lldp)# vlt-peer-mac transmit show vlt-proxy-gateway Display the VLT proxy gateway configuration.
Example Dell(conf)#do sh vlt proxy-gateway info static Mac Address Exclude Vlan ---------------------00:01:e8:8b:1c:c0 Dell#show vlt proxy-gateway info LagId Mac Address --------------Po 55 00:01:e8:8a:e8:f7 learnt via port-channel 55 Po 55 00:01:e8:8b:1c:c0 1730 lldp Exclude Vlan -----------3,7-8 << Macs 3,7-8 VLT Proxy Gateway
Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) 65 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) allows multiple instances of a routing table to co-exist on the same router at the same time. Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) is supported on the S-Series platforms. ip vrf Creates a customer VRF. S4820T Syntax ip vrf {vrf-name | management} [vrf_id] To delete a customer VRF, use the no ip vrf {vrf-name | management} [vrf_id] command. Parameters vrf-name Enter the name of the VRF that you want to create.
description Enables you to specify a descriptive name for a customer VRF. S4820T Syntax description string To delete the descriptive name for a customer VRF, use the no description string command. Parameters string Enter a descriptive name for the VRF. Defaults None. Command Modes VRF MODE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.4. (0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version Introduced on the S4810. Version Introduced on the S-Series. Version Introduced on the C-Series.
interface management Associates a management port with a management VRF. S4820T Syntax interface management To delete the association between a management port and a management VRF, use the no interface management command. Defaults None. Command Modes VRF MODE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
the limit is reached, additional dynamic routes will not be allowed. warning-only When the warning-only option is used, a syslog message will be thrown when maximum number of dynamic routes reaches the limit. Additional dynamic routes will still allowed. Defaults No limit is set on the maximum number of dynamic routes for a VRF. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-VRF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
default 0 Nu 0, Te Fo Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma 0/0-13,18-47, 0/48,52,56,60, 0/0, 1/0, 2/0, 3/0, 4/0, 5/0, 6/0, 7/0, 8/0, 9/0, 10/0, 11/0, Vl 1 Te 0/14,16-17 Te 0/15 test1 test2 management 1 2 64 FTOS#show ip vrf test1 VRF-Name VRF-ID Interfaces test1 1 Te 0/14,16-17 show run vrf Displays configuration information corresponding to all the VRFs in the system. S4820T Syntax Parameters show run vrf vrf-name vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF..
Usage Information Use this command to display configuration information corresponding to either a specific VRF or all the VRFs in the system.
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) 66 Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking operating system on the S4820T platform. IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. S4820T Syntax advertise-interval seconds To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 255.
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command. If you do change the time interval between VRRP advertisements on one router, change it on all routers. authentication-type Enable authentication of VRRP data exchanges.
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The given password is encrypted by the system and the show config displays an encrypted text string for any of the encrypted typed used. clear counters vrrp Clear the counters maintained on VRRP operations. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear counters vrrp [vrrp-id] [ipv6] [vrf vrf-name] vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of the VRRP group ID. The range is from 1 to 255.
Example Dell#clear counters vrrp vrf jay Clear "show vrrp" counters of all vrrp groups on all interfaces in VRF jay [confirm] yes debug vrrp Allows you to enable debugging of VRRP. S4820T Syntax debug vrrp interface [vrrp-id] {all | bfd | database | interface | ipv6 | packets | state | timer} To disable debugging, use the no debug vrrp interface [vrrp-id] {all | bfd | database | interface | ipv6 | packets | state | timer} command.
timer Enter the keyword timer to enable debugging of the VRRP timer. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Disable a VRRP group. S4820T Syntax disable To re-enable a disabled VRRP group, use the no disable command. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
hold-time Specify a delay (in seconds) before a switch becomes the MASTER virtual router. By delaying the initialization of the VRRP MASTER, the new switch can stabilize its routing tables. S4820T Syntax hold-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no hold-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is zero (0) seconds. Defaults zero (0) seconds Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults Enabled (that is, a BACKUP router can preempt the MASTER router). Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
Usage Information Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To guarantee that a VRRP group becomes MASTER, configure the VRRP group’s virtual address with same IP address as the interface’s primary IP address and change the priority of the VRRP group to 255.
Example Dell(conf-if-vrid-4)#show con vrrp-group 4 virtual-address 119.192.182.124 ! show vrrp View the VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the FTOS returns No Active VRRP group. S4820T Syntax Parameters show vrrp [vrrp-id] [vrf vrf-name] [interface] [brief][ipv6] vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the Virtual Router Identifier for the VRRP group to view only that group. The range is from 1 to 255.
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show vrrp brief command shown in the following example.
200.200.200.207 ... short desc Gi 10/37 254 254 Y Master 200.200.200.200 200.200.200.204 200.200.200.205 Dell> Usage Information The following describes the show vrrp command shown in the following example. Item Description GigabitEthernet 12/3... Displays the Interface, the VRRP group ID, and the network address. If the interface is not sending VRRP packets, 0.0.0.0 appears as the network address. State: master...
Item Description • the interface type slot/port information. Example Dell>show vrrp -----------------GigabitEthernet 12/3, VRID: 1, Net: 10.1.1.253 State: Master, Priority: 105, Master: 10.1.1.253 (local) Hold Down: 0 sec, Preempt: TRUE, AdvInt: 1 sec Adv rcvd: 0, Adv sent: 1862, Gratuitous ARP sent: 0 Virtual MAC address: 00:00:5e:00:01:01 Virtual IP address: 10.1.1.
virtual-address Configure up to 12 IP addresses of virtual routers in the VRRP group. To start sending VRRP packets, set at least one virtual address for the VRRP group. S4820T Syntax virtual-address ip-address1 [... ip-address12] To delete one or more virtual IP addresses, use the no virtual-address ipaddress1 [... ip-address12] command. Parameters ip-address1 Enter an IP address of the virtual router in dotted decimal format.
A system message appears after you enter or delete the virtual-address command. To guarantee that a VRRP group becomes MASTER, configure the VRRP group’s virtual address with the same IP address as the interface’s primary IP address and change the priority of the VRRP group to 255. You can ping the virtual addresses configured in all VRRP groups. vrrp delay minimum Set the delay time for VRRP initialization after an interface comes up.
vrrp delay reload Set the delay time for VRRP initialization after a system reboot. S4820T Syntax Parameters vrrp delay reload seconds seconds Enter the number of seconds for the delay. The range is from 0 to 900 (0 indicates no delay). Defaults 0 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
vrrp-group Assign a VRRP ID to an interface. You can configure up to 12 VRRP groups per interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters vrrp-group vrrp-id vrrp-id Enter a number as the group ID. The range is from 1 to 255. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
The following commands apply to IPv4 and IPv6: • advertise-interval • description • disable • hold-time • preempt • priority • show config • virtual-address clear counters vrrp ipv6 Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear counters vrrp ipv6 [vrid | vrf instance] vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of an IPv6 VRRP group. The range is from 1 to 255.
debug vrrp ipv6 Allows you to enable debugging of VRRP. S4820T Syntax Parameters debug vrrp ipv6 interface [vrid] {all | packets | state | timer} interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID.
Usage Information Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Support was added for IPv6 VRRP groups in non-default VRF instances. Version 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. If no options are specified, debug is active on all interfaces and all VRRP groups. show vrrp ipv6 View the IPv6 VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the Dell Networking OS returns No Active VRRP group.
Usage Information The following describes the show vrrp ipv6 command shown in the following example. Line Beginning with Description GigabitEthernet... Displays the Interface, the VRRP group ID, and the network address. If the interface is no sending VRRP packets, 0.0.0.0 appears as the network address. VRF VRF instance to which the interface (on which the VRRP group is configured) belongs. State: master... Displays the interface’s state: • Na/If (not available). • master (MASTER virtual router).
Line Beginning with Description • Example Cost to be subtracted from the VRRP group priority if the state of the tracked interface/object goes DOWN.
Usage Information The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when a link-local virtual IP address is configured. When you delete the virtual address, the VRRP group stops sending VRRP packets. • When VRF microcode is not loaded in CAM, the VRID for a VRRP group is the same as the VRID number configured with the vrrp-group or vrrp-ipv6group command.
